]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
(insert-for-yank): Set yank-undo-function after calling FUNCTION,
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15381 46545))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (15634 5014))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
69
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
76
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
78
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81 This version was built on Date: 2002/05/21 11:58:02 .
82
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
84 \\{ada-mode-map}
85
86 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
87 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
88
89 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
90 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
91
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
93 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
94
95 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
96
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
98 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
99
100 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
101 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
102
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
104 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
105 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
106 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
107 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
108
109 If you use imenu.el:
110 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
111
112 If you use find-file.el:
113 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
114 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
115 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
116 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118
119 If you use ada-xref.el:
120 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
121 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
122 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
123
124 \(fn)" t nil)
125
126 ;;;***
127 \f
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
129 ;;;;;; (15772 35435))
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
131
132 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
134
135 \(fn)" t nil)
136
137 ;;;***
138 \f
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;;;;; (15772 35470))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
142
143 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
145 Completion is available.
146
147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
148
149 ;;;***
150 \f
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15851 34206))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
156
157 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
158 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
159 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
160
161 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
162
163 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
164 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
165 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
166 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
167 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
168 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
169
170 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
171
172 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
173 Prompt for a change log name.
174
175 \(fn)" nil nil)
176
177 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
178 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
179
180 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
181 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
182 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
183 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
184
185 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
186 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
187 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
188
189 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
190 current buffer to the complete file name.
191 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
192
193 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
194
195 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
196 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
197 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
198 name and site.
199
200 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
201 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
202
203 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
204
205 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
206 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
207 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
208
209 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
210 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
211 the same person.
212
213 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
214 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
215 notices.
216
217 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
218 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
219
220 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
221
222 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
223 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
224 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
225 the change log file in another window.
226
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
228 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
229
230 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
231 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
232 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
233 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
234 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
235 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
236
237 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
238 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
239
240 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
241 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
242
243 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
244 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
245
246 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
247 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
248
249 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
250 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
251
252 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
253 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
254 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
255 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
256 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
257
258 Has a preference of looking backwards.
259
260 \(fn)" nil nil)
261
262 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
263 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
264 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
265 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
266 or a buffer.
267
268 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
269 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
270
271 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
272
273 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
274 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
275
276 \(fn)" t nil)
277
278 ;;;***
279 \f
280 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
281 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15656
282 ;;;;;; 3013))
283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
284
285 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
286 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
287 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
288 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
289 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
290 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
291 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
292 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
293 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
294 interpreted as `error'.")
295
296 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
297
298 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
299 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
300 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
301 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
302 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
303 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
304 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
305 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
306
307 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
308
309 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
310 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
311 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
312 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
313 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
314 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
315 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
316 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
317 will be overwritten with the new one.
318 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
319 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
320 will clear the cache.
321
322 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
323
324 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
325 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
326 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327
328 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
329 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
330 BODY... )
331
332 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
333 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
334 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
335 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
336 see also `ad-add-advice'.
337 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
338 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
339 before/around/after-advices will be used.
340 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
341 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
342 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
343 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
344 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
345 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346
347 Semantics of the various flags:
348 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
349 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
350 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351
352 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
353 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354
355 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
356 advised function should be compiled.
357
358 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
359 during activation until somebody enables it.
360
361 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
362 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
363 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
364 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365
366 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
367 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
368 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
369 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
370 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
371 during preloading.
372
373 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
374
375 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
376
377 ;;;***
378 \f
379 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
380 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
381 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15790 59645))
382 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
383
384 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
385 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
386 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
387 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
388 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
389 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
390 rule's `separate' attribute).
391
392 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
393 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
394 `separate' attribute set.
395
396 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
397 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
398 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
399 on the format of these lists.
400
401 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
402
403 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
404 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
405 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
406 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
407 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
408 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
409 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
410 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
411 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
412 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
413 options.
414
415 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
416 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
417
418 Fred (123) 456-7890
419 Alice (123) 456-7890
420 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
421 Joe (123) 456-7890
422
423 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
424 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
425 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
426
427 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
428
429 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
430 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
431 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
432 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
433 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
434 align that section.
435
436 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
437
438 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
439 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
440 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
441 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
442 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
443 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
444 been used to align that section.
445
446 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
449 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
450 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
451 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
452 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
453 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
454 to be colored.
455
456 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
460
461 \(fn)" t nil)
462
463 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
464 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
465
466 \(fn)" t nil)
467
468 ;;;***
469 \f
470 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (15869 9667))
471 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
472
473 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
474 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
475
476 MODE is one of the following symbols:
477
478 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
479 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
480 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
481 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
482 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
483 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
484 any confirmation check.
485
486 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
487 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
488 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
489 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
490
491 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
492 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
493 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
494
495 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
496 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
497
498 \(require 'allout)
499 \(allout-init t)
500
501 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
502
503 ;;;***
504 \f
505 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
506 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15757 48918))
507 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
508
509 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
510
511 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
512 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
513 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
514 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
515 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
516 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
517
518 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
519
520 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
521 Not documented
522
523 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
524
525 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
526
527 ;;;***
528 \f
529 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
530 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15220 9096))
531 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
532
533 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
534 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
535 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
536 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
537 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
538 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
539 in the current window.
540
541 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
542
543 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
544 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
545 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
546
547 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
548
549 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
550 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
551
552 \(fn)" t nil)
553
554 ;;;***
555 \f
556 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
557 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15582 40062))
558 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
559
560 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
561 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
562
563 \(fn)" t nil)
564
565 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
566 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
567
568 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
569 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
570 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
571 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
572
573 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
574 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
575
576 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
577
578 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
579
580 ;;;***
581 \f
582 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
583 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15862 57833))
584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
585
586 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
587 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
588 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
589 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
590 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
591 \\[yank].
592
593 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
594 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
595 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
596 the rules.
597
598 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
599 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
600 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
601 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
602
603 \(fn)" t nil)
604
605 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
606 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
607 \\{antlr-mode-map}
608
609 \(fn)" t nil)
610
611 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
612 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
613 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
614
615 \(fn)" nil nil)
616
617 ;;;***
618 \f
619 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
620 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
621 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
622 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15708 3234))
623 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
624
625 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
626 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
627 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
628 as the first thing on a line.")
629
630 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
631
632 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
633 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
634
635 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
636
637 (defvar appt-audible t "\
638 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
639
640 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
641
642 (defvar appt-visible t "\
643 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
644
645 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
646
647 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
648 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
649
650 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
651
652 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
653 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
654
655 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
656
657 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
658 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
659
660 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
661
662 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
663 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
664 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
665
666 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
667
668 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
669 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
670 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
671
672 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
673
674 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
675 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
676
677 \(fn)" t nil)
678
679 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
680 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
681 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
682 put in the appointments list.
683 02/23/89
684 12:00pm lunch
685 Wednesday
686 10:00am group meeting
687 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
688 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
689 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
690
691 \(fn)" nil nil)
692
693 ;;;***
694 \f
695 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
696 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15886
697 ;;;;;; 5734))
698 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
699
700 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
701 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
702
703 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
704
705 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
706 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
707 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
708 normal variables.
709
710 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
711
712 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
713
714 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
715 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
716 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
717 noninteractive functions.
718
719 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
720 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
721
722 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
723
724 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
725 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
726 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
727 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
728 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
729
730 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
731
732 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
733 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
734 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
735 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
736 Returns list of symbols and values found.
737
738 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
739
740 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
741 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
742 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
743 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
744 bindings.
745 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
746
747 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
748
749 ;;;***
750 \f
751 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15820
752 ;;;;;; 19415))
753 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
754
755 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
756 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
757 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
758 Letters no longer insert themselves.
759 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
760 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
761
762 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
763 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
764 archive.
765
766 \\{archive-mode-map}
767
768 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
769
770 ;;;***
771 \f
772 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15425 19755))
773 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
774
775 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
776 Major mode for editing arrays.
777
778 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
779 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
780 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
781
782 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
783
784 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
785 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
786 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
787
788 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
789 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
790 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
791 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
792 The variables are:
793
794 Variables you assign:
795 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
796 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
797 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
798 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
799 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
800 row numbers in the buffer.
801
802 Variables which are calculated:
803 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
804 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
805
806 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
807 take a numeric prefix argument):
808
809 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
810 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
811 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
812 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
813
814 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
815 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
816 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
817 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
818
819 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
820 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
821 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
822 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
823
824 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
825 between that of point and mark.
826
827 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
828 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
829
830 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
831 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
832 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
833 newlines inside rows)
834
835 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
836
837 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
838
839 \(fn)" t nil)
840
841 ;;;***
842 \f
843 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15792
844 ;;;;;; 10236))
845 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
846
847 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
848 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
849 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
850 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
851
852 How to quit artist mode
853
854 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
855
856
857 How to submit a bug report
858
859 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
860
861
862 Drawing with the mouse:
863
864 mouse-2
865 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
866 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
867 below).
868
869 mouse-1
870 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
871 or pastes:
872
873 Operation Not shifted Shifted
874 --------------------------------------------------------------
875 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
876 to new point
877 --------------------------------------------------------------
878 Line Line in any direction Straight line
879 --------------------------------------------------------------
880 Rectangle Rectangle Square
881 --------------------------------------------------------------
882 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
883 --------------------------------------------------------------
884 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
885 --------------------------------------------------------------
886 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
887 --------------------------------------------------------------
888 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
889 --------------------------------------------------------------
890 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
891 --------------------------------------------------------------
892 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
893 lines
894 --------------------------------------------------------------
895 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
896 --------------------------------------------------------------
897 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
898 --------------------------------------------------------------
899 Paste Paste Paste
900 --------------------------------------------------------------
901 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
902 --------------------------------------------------------------
903
904 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
905 or diagonally.
906
907 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
908 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
909 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
910 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
911 poly-lines.
912
913 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
914 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
915 overwrite means the opposite.
916
917 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
918 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
919 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
920
921 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
922
923 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
924 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
925
926 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
927 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
928 are currently drawing something.
929
930 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
931 some time to fill.
932
933
934 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
935 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
936
937
938 Settings
939
940 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
941
942 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
943
944 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
945
946 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
947
948 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
949 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
950
951 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
952
953
954 Drawing with keys
955
956 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
957 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
958 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
959 When erase characters: toggles erasing
960 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
961 When pasting: Pastes
962
963 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
964
965 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
966
967 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
968 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
969 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
970 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
971 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
972 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
973
974
975 Arrows
976
977 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
978 of the line/poly-line
979
980 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
981 of the line/poly-line
982
983
984 Selecting operation
985
986 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
987
988 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
989 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
990 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
991 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
992 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
993 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
994 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
995 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
996 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
997 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
998 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
999 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1000 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1001 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1002 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1003 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1004 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1005 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1006 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1007 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1008
1009
1010 Variables
1011
1012 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1013 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1014
1015 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1016 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1017 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1018 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1019 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1020 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1021 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1022 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1023 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1024 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1025 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1026 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1027 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1028 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1029 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1030 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1031 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1032 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1033 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1034
1035 Hooks
1036
1037 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1038 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1039
1040
1041 Keymap summary
1042
1043 \\{artist-mode-map}
1044
1045 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1046
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
1050 ;;;;;; 3352))
1051 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1052
1053 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1054 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1055 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1056
1057 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1058 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1059 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1060 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1061
1062 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1063 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1064
1065 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1066 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1067
1068 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1069
1070 Special commands:
1071 \\{asm-mode-map}
1072
1073 \(fn)" t nil)
1074
1075 ;;;***
1076 \f
1077 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1078 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
1079 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1080
1081 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1082 Obsolete.")
1083
1084 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1085
1086 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1087 This command is obsolete.
1088
1089 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1090
1091 ;;;***
1092 \f
1093 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1094 ;;;;;; (15851 22937))
1095 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1096
1097 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1098 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1099 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1101 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1102
1103 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1104
1105 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1106 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1107 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1108 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1109 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1110 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1111 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1112 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1113 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1114 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1115
1116 For example:
1117 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1118 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1119 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1120 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1121 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1122
1123 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1124
1125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1126
1127 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1128 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1129 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1130 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1131 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1132
1133 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1134
1135 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1136 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1137 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1138 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1139 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1140 &c to supply digit arguments.
1141
1142 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1143
1144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1145
1146 ;;;***
1147 \f
1148 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1149 ;;;;;; (15327 25266))
1150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1151
1152 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1153 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1154
1155 \(fn)" t nil)
1156
1157 ;;;***
1158 \f
1159 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1160 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15894 19684))
1161 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1162
1163 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1164 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1165 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1166
1167 \(fn)" t nil)
1168
1169 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1170 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1171 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1172 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1173
1174 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1175
1176 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1177 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1178 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1179 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1180 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1181
1182 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1183
1184 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1185 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1186 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1187 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1188
1189 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1190 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1191
1192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1193
1194 ;;;***
1195 \f
1196 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1197 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1198 ;;;;;; (15899 8063))
1199 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1200
1201 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1202 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1203 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1204 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1205
1206 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1207
1208 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1209 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1210 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1211
1212 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1213
1214 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1215 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1216 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments.
1217
1218 \(fn)" nil nil)
1219
1220 ;;;***
1221 \f
1222 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1223 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 8758))
1224 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1225
1226 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1227 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1228 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1229
1230 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1231 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1232
1233 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1234 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1235 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1236
1237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1238
1239 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1240 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1241
1242 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1243 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1244
1245 \(fn)" nil nil)
1246
1247 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1248 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1249 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1250 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1251 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1252
1253 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1254
1255 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1256 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1257
1258 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1259 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1260 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1261
1262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1263
1264 ;;;***
1265 \f
1266 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1267 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15197 22088))
1268 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1269
1270 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1271 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1272 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1273 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1274 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1275
1276 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1277
1278 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1279 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1280 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1281 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1282
1283 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1284 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1285 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1286
1287 Effects of the different modes:
1288 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1289 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1290 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1291 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1292 a random distance & direction.
1293 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1294 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1295 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1296
1297 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1298
1299 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1300 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1301 definition of \"random distance\".)
1302
1303 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1304
1305 ;;;***
1306 \f
1307 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15303
1308 ;;;;;; 10362))
1309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1310
1311 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1312 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1313 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1314 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1315 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1316
1317 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1318
1319 ;;;***
1320 \f
1321 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1322 ;;;;;; (15816 41877))
1323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1324
1325 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1326 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1327
1328 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1329 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1330
1331 For example:
1332
1333 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1334 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1335 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1336 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1337
1338 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1339
1340 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1341
1342 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1343
1344 ;;;***
1345 \f
1346 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1347 ;;;;;; (15380 36042))
1348 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1349
1350 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1351 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1352 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1353 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1354
1355 \(fn)" t nil)
1356
1357 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1358 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1359 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1360 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1361 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1362 seconds.
1363
1364 \(fn)" t nil)
1365
1366 ;;;***
1367 \f
1368 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15791
1369 ;;;;;; 50671))
1370 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1371
1372 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1373 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1374
1375 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1376 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1377 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1378 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
1379 message.
1380
1381
1382 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1383
1384 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1385 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1386 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1387 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1388 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1389
1390 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1391 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1392 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1393 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1394 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1395 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1396
1397 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1398 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1399 BibTeX mode.
1400
1401
1402 Special information:
1403
1404 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1405
1406 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1407 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1408 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1409 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1410 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1411 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1412 current field.
1413 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1414 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1415
1416 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1417 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1418 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1419 bibtex-entry-format.
1420 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1421 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1422 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1423
1424 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1425 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1426
1427 The following may be of interest as well:
1428
1429 Functions:
1430 bibtex-entry
1431 bibtex-kill-entry
1432 bibtex-yank-pop
1433 bibtex-pop-previous
1434 bibtex-pop-next
1435 bibtex-complete-string
1436 bibtex-complete-key
1437 bibtex-print-help-message
1438 bibtex-generate-autokey
1439 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1440 bibtex-end-of-entry
1441 bibtex-reposition-window
1442 bibtex-mark-entry
1443 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1444 bibtex-ispell-entry
1445 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1446 bibtex-sort-buffer
1447 bibtex-validate
1448 bibtex-count
1449 bibtex-fill-entry
1450 bibtex-reformat
1451 bibtex-convert-alien
1452
1453 Variables:
1454 bibtex-field-delimiters
1455 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1456 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1457 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1458 bibtex-entry-format
1459 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1460 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1461 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1462 bibtex-predefined-strings
1463 bibtex-string-files
1464
1465 ---------------------------------------------------------
1466 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1467 non-nil.
1468
1469 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1470
1471 \(fn)" t nil)
1472
1473 ;;;***
1474 \f
1475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15834 24337))
1476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1477
1478 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1479
1480 ;;;***
1481 \f
1482 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15755
1483 ;;;;;; 27135))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1485
1486 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1487 Play blackbox.
1488 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1489
1490 What is blackbox?
1491
1492 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1493 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1494 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1495 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1496 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1497 your score.
1498
1499 Overview of play:
1500
1501 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1502 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1503 four.
1504
1505 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1506 movement keys.
1507
1508 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1509 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1510
1511 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1512 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1513
1514 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1515 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1516 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1517 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1518 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1519 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1520
1521 Details:
1522
1523 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1524
1525 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1526 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1527 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1528 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1529
1530 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1531 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1532 denoted by the letter `R'.
1533
1534 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1535 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1536 denoted by the letter `H'.
1537
1538 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1539 example.
1540
1541 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1542 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1543 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1544 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1545 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1546 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1547 ray.
1548
1549 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1550 degree deflection it causes.
1551
1552 1
1553 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1554 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1555 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1556 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1557 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1558 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1559 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1560 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1561 2 3
1562
1563 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1564 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1565
1566
1567 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1568 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1569 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1570 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1571 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1572 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1573 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1574 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1575
1576 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1577 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1578 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1579 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1580 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1581 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1582 emerging from the box.
1583
1584 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1585
1586 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1587 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1588 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1589 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1590 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1591 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1593 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1594
1595 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1596 a reflection.
1597
1598 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1599
1600 ;;;***
1601 \f
1602 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1603 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1604 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1605 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1606 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1607 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15832 12509))
1608 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1609 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1610 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1611 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1612
1613 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1614 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1615 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1616 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1617 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1618 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1619
1620 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1621
1622 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1623
1624 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1625
1626 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1627
1628 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1629
1630 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1631
1632 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1633
1634 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1635
1636 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1637
1638 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1639
1640 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1641
1642 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1643
1644 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1645
1646 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1647 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1648 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1649 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1650 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1651 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1652 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1653 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1654 recent one.
1655
1656 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1657 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1658 yank successive words.
1659
1660 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1661 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1662 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1663 name of the file being visited.
1664
1665 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1666 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1667 the list of bookmarks.)
1668
1669 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1670
1671 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1672 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1673 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1674 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1675 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1676 this.
1677
1678 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1679 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1680 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1681 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1682
1683 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1684
1685 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1686 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1687 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1688 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1689 after a bookmark was set in it.
1690
1691 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1692
1693 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1694 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1695 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1696 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1697
1698 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1699
1700 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1701
1702 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1703 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1704 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1705 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1706
1707 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1708 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1709 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1710
1711 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1712 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1713 name.
1714
1715 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1716
1717 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1718 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1719 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1720 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1721 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1722 this.
1723
1724 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1725
1726 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1727 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1728 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1729 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1730 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1731 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1732 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1733 probably because we were called from there.
1734
1735 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1736
1737 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1738 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1739 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1740
1741 \(fn)" t nil)
1742
1743 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1744 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1745 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1746 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1747 \(second argument).
1748
1749 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1750 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1751 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1752 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1753 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1754
1755 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1756 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1757 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1758 `bookmark-default-file'.
1759
1760 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1761
1762 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1763 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1764 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1765 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1766 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1767 while loading.
1768
1769 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1770 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1771 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1772 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1773 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1774 explicitly.
1775
1776 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1777 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1778 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1779 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1780
1781 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1782
1783 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1784 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1785 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1786 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1787 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1788
1789 \(fn)" t nil)
1790
1791 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1792
1793 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1794
1795 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1796 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1797 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1798 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1799 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1800 this.
1801
1802 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1803 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1804 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1805
1806 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1807
1808 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1809 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1810 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1811 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1812 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1813 this.
1814
1815 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1816 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1817 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1818
1819 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1820
1821 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1822 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1823 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1824
1825 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1826 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1827 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1828
1829 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1830
1831 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1832 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1833 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1834 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1835 prompts for NEWNAME.
1836 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1837 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1838 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1839
1840 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1841 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1842 name.
1843
1844 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1845 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1846 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1847
1848 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1849
1850 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1851 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1852 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1853 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1854 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1855 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1856
1857 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1858 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1859 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1860
1861 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1862
1863 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1864
1865 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1866
1867 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1868
1869 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1870
1871 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1872
1873 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1874
1875 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1876
1877 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1878
1879 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1880
1881 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1882
1883 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1884
1885 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1886
1887 ;;;***
1888 \f
1889 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1890 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1891 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1892 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1893 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1894 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1895 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1896 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1897 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1898 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1899 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15862 57750))
1900 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1901
1902 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1903 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1904 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1905 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1906
1907 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1908 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1909 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1910 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1911 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1912
1913 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1914
1915 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1916 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1917
1918 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-display) "browse-url")
1919
1920 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1921 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1922
1923 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
1924
1925 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1926 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1927 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1928 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1929 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1930
1931 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-new-window-flag) "browse-url")
1932
1933 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1934 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1935 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1936
1937 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-save-file) "browse-url")
1938
1939 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1940 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1941
1942 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-generic-program) "browse-url")
1943
1944 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1945 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1946 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1947 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1948 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1949 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1950
1951 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1954 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1955 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1956 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1957 narrowed.
1958
1959 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1960
1961 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1962 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1963
1964 \(fn)" t nil)
1965
1966 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1967 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1968
1969 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1970
1971 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1972 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1973 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1974 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1975
1976 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1977
1978 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1979 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1980 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1981 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1982
1983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1984
1985 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1986 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1987 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1988 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1989 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1990 to use.
1991
1992 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1995 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1996 Default to the URL around or before point.
1997
1998 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1999 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2000 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2001 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2002
2003 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2004 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2005
2006 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
2007 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
2008
2009 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2010
2011 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2012 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2013 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2014 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2015
2016 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2017 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2018 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2019 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2020
2021 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2022 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2023
2024 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2025
2026 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2027 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2028 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2029 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2030
2031 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2032 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2033 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2034 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2035
2036 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2037 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2038 new tab in an existing window instead.
2039
2040 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2041 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2042
2043 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2044
2045 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2046 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2047 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2048 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2049
2050 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2051 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2052 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2053 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2054
2055 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2056 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2057 new tab in an existing window instead.
2058
2059 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2060 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2061
2062 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2063
2064 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2065 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2066 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2067 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2068
2069 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2070 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2071 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2072 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2073
2074 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2075 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2076
2077 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2078
2079 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2080 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2081
2082 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2083 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2084 program is invoked according to the variable
2085 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2086
2087 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2088 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2089 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2090 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2091
2092 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2093 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2094
2095 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2096
2097 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
2098 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
2099 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
2100
2101 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2102 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2103 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2104 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2105
2106 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2107
2108 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2109 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2110 Default to the URL around or before point.
2111
2112 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2113 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2114 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2115
2116 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2117 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2118 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2119 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2120
2121 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2122 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2123
2124 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2125
2126 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2127 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2128 Default to the URL around or before point.
2129
2130 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2131
2132 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2133 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2134 Default to the URL around or before point.
2135
2136 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2137 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2138 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2139
2140 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2141 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2142
2143 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2144
2145 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2146 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2147 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2148 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2149
2150 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2151
2152 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2153 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2154 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2155 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2156 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2157
2158 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2159
2160 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2161 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2162 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2163 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2164
2165 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2166 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2167 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2168 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2169
2170 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2171 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2172
2173 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2174
2175 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2176 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2177 Default to the URL around or before point.
2178
2179 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2180
2181 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2182 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2183 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2184 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2185 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2186 current one.
2187
2188 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2189 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2190 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2191 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2192
2193 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2194 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2195
2196 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2197
2198 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2199 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2200 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2201 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2202 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2203 don't offer a form of remote control.
2204
2205 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2206
2207 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2208 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2209 Default to the URL around or before point.
2210
2211 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2212
2213 ;;;***
2214 \f
2215 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15828
2216 ;;;;;; 33860))
2217 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2218
2219 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2220 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2221
2222 \(fn)" t nil)
2223
2224 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2225 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2226
2227 \(fn)" nil nil)
2228
2229 ;;;***
2230 \f
2231 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2232 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15727 20555))
2233 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2234
2235 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2236 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2237 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2238 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2239
2240 \(fn)" t nil)
2241
2242 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2243 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2244 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2245 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2246
2247 \(fn)" t nil)
2248
2249 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2250 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2251
2252 \(fn)" t nil)
2253
2254 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2255 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2256 \\<bs-mode-map>
2257 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2258 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2259 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2260 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2261
2262 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2263 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2264 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2265 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2266 name of buffer configuration.
2267
2268 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2269
2270 ;;;***
2271 \f
2272 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2273 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15887
2274 ;;;;;; 35463))
2275 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2276
2277 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2278 Keymap used by buttons.")
2279
2280 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2281 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2282 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2283
2284 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2285 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2286 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2287 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2288 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2289 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2290
2291 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2292 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2293 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2294 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2295
2296 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2297
2298 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2299 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2300 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2301 specifying properties to add to the button.
2302 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2303 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2304 `define-button-type'.
2305
2306 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2307
2308 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2309
2310 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2311 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2312 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2313 specifying properties to add to the button.
2314 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2315 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2316 `define-button-type'.
2317
2318 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2319
2320 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2321
2322 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2323 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2324 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2325 specifying properties to add to the button.
2326 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2327 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2328 `define-button-type'.
2329
2330 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2331 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2332 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2333 `make-text-button'.
2334
2335 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2336
2337 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2338
2339 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2340 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2341 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2342 specifying properties to add to the button.
2343 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2344 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2345 `define-button-type'.
2346
2347 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2348 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2349 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2350 `insert-text-button'.
2351
2352 Also see `make-text-button'.
2353
2354 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2355
2356 ;;;***
2357 \f
2358 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2359 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2360 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2361 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2362 ;;;;;; (15864 61759))
2363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2364
2365 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2366 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2367 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2368
2369 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2370
2371 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2372 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2373 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2374 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2375
2376 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2377 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2378 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2379 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2380 whether to compile it.
2381
2382 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2383
2384 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2385 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2386
2387 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2390 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2391 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2392 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2393 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2394
2395 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2396
2397 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2398 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2399 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2400 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2401
2402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2403
2404 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2405 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2406 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2407
2408 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2409
2410 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2411 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2412 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2413 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2414 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2415 all functions called by those functions.
2416
2417 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2418 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2419 cons, etc.).
2420
2421 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2422 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2423 invoked interactively.
2424
2425 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2426
2427 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2428 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2429 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2430 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2431
2432 \(fn)" nil nil)
2433
2434 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2435 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2436 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2437 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2438 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2439 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2440 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2441 already up-to-date.
2442
2443 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2444
2445 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2446 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2447 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2448 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2449
2450 \(fn)" nil nil)
2451
2452 ;;;***
2453 \f
2454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15186 39912))
2455 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2456
2457 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2458
2459 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2460
2461 ;;;***
2462 \f
2463 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2464 ;;;;;; (15682 60948))
2465 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2466
2467 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2468 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2469 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2470 from the cursor position.
2471
2472 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2473
2474 ;;;***
2475 \f
2476 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2477 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2478 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15805
2479 ;;;;;; 54898))
2480 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2481
2482 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2483 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2484
2485 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2486 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2487
2488 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2489 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2490 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2491 If nil, use original installation directory.
2492 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2493
2494 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2495 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2496
2497 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2498 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2499
2500 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2501 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2502 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2503
2504 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2505 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2506
2507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2510 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2511
2512 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2513
2514 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2515 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2516
2517 \(fn)" t nil)
2518
2519 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2520 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2521
2522 \(fn)" t nil)
2523
2524 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2525 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2526 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2527 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2528
2529 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2530
2531 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2532 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2533 This is most useful in the X window system.
2534 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2535 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2536
2537 \(fn)" t nil)
2538
2539 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2540 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2541 See calc-keypad for details.
2542
2543 \(fn)" t nil)
2544
2545 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2546 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2547
2548 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2549
2550 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2551 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2552
2553 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2554
2555 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2556 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2557
2558 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2559
2560 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2561 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2562 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2563
2564 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2565
2566 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2567 Not documented
2568
2569 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2570
2571 ;;;***
2572 \f
2573 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2574 ;;;;;; (15767 53768))
2575 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2576
2577 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2578 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2579
2580 \(fn)" nil nil)
2581
2582 ;;;***
2583 \f
2584 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15453
2585 ;;;;;; 16009))
2586 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2587
2588 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2589 Run the Emacs calculator.
2590 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2591
2592 \(fn)" t nil)
2593
2594 ;;;***
2595 \f
2596 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2597 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2598 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2599 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2600 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2601 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2602 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2603 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2604 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2605 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2606 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2607 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2608 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2609 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2610 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2611 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2612 ;;;;;; (15858 26769))
2613 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2614
2615 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2616 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2617 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2618
2619 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2620
2621 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2622 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2623 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2624 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2625 the screen.")
2626
2627 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2628
2629 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2630 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2631 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2632 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2633 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2634
2635 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2636
2637 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2638 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2639 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2640 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2641 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2642 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2643 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2644
2645 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2646 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2647 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2648 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2649 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2650
2651 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2652 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2653 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2654
2655 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2656
2657 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2658 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2659 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2660
2661 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2662
2663 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2664 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2665 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2666
2667 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2668
2669 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2670 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2671 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2672 displayed.")
2673
2674 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2675
2676 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2677 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2678 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2679
2680 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2681
2682 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2683 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2684 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2685
2686 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2687
2688 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2689
2690 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2691 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2692 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2693
2694 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2695 calendar.")
2696
2697 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2698
2699 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2700 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2701 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2702
2703 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2704 calendar.")
2705
2706 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2707
2708 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2709 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2710 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2711
2712 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2713
2714 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2715 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2716 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2717 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2718 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2719
2720 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2721
2722 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2723 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2724 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2725 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2726 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2727 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2728 a function is also provided for this:
2729 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2730
2731 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2732 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2733 date is not visible in the window.
2734
2735 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2736 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2737 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2738
2739 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2740
2741 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2742 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2743
2744 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2745 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2746 date is visible in the window.
2747
2748 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2749 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2750 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2751
2752 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2753
2754 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2755 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2756
2757 For example,
2758
2759 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2760
2761 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2762
2763 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2764
2765 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2766 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2767
2768 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2769
2770 MONTH/DAY
2771 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2772 MONTHNAME DAY
2773 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2774 DAYNAME
2775
2776 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2777 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2778 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2779 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2780 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2781 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2782 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2783 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2784 respectively.
2785
2786 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2787 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2788 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2789
2790 DAY/MONTH
2791 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2792 DAY MONTHNAME
2793 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2794 DAYNAME
2795
2796 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2797 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2798
2799 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2800 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2801 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2802 window but will appear in a diary window.
2803
2804 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2805 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2806
2807 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2808 entries (in the default American style):
2809
2810 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2811 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2812 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2813 21: Payday
2814 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2815 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2816 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2817 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2818 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2819 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2820 &* 15 time cards due.
2821
2822 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2823 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2824 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2825 single diary entry
2826
2827 02/11/1989
2828 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2829 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2830 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2831 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2832 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2833 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2834
2835 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2836 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2837 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2838
2839 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2840
2841 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2842
2843 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2844 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2845 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2846 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2847 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2848 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2849 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2850 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2851 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2852
2853 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2854 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2855 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2856 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2857 for these functions for details.
2858
2859 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2860 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2861
2862 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2863
2864 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2865 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2866
2867 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2868
2869 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2870 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2871
2872 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2873
2874 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2875 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2876
2877 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2878
2879 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2880 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2881 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2882
2883 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2884
2885 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2886 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2887 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2888
2889 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2890
2891 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2892 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2893 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2894 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2895
2896 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2897
2898 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2899 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2900 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2901 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2902
2903 DAY/MONTH
2904 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2905 DAY MONTHNAME
2906 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2907 DAYNAME
2908
2909 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2910 characters with or without a period.")
2911
2912 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2913
2914 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2915 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2916 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2917
2918 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2919
2920 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2921 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2922 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2923
2924 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2925
2926 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2927 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2928 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2929
2930 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2931
2932 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2933 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2934 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2935
2936 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2937
2938 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2939 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2940 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2941 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2942 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2943 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2944
2945 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2946
2947 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2948 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2949 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2950
2951 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2952 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2953 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2954 of the form
2955
2956 #include \"filename\"
2957
2958 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2959 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2960 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2961 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2962 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2963
2964 For example, you could use
2965
2966 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2967 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2968 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2969
2970 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2971 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2972 lexicographic order.")
2973
2974 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2975
2976 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2977 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2978 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2979
2980 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2981
2982 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2983 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2984 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2985 diary display.
2986
2987 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2988 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2989 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2990 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2991 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2992 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2993 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2994
2995 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2996 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2997 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2998 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2999 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3000 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3001 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3002 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3003
3004 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3005
3006 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3007 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3008 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3009 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
3010 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3011 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3012
3013 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3014
3015 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3016 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3017
3018 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3019 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3020 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3021 of the form
3022 #include \"filename\"
3023 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3024 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3025 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3026 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3027 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3028
3029 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3030
3031 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3032 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3033 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3034 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
3035 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3036 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3037
3038 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3039
3040 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3041 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3042 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3043 are holidays.")
3044
3045 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3046
3047 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3048 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3049 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3050 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3051 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3052
3053 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3054
3055 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3056
3057 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3058 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3059 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3060
3061 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3062
3063 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3064
3065 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3066 *Oriental holidays.
3067 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3068
3069 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3070
3071 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3072
3073 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3074 *Local holidays.
3075 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3076
3077 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3078
3079 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3080
3081 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3082 *User defined holidays.
3083 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3084
3085 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3086
3087 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3088
3089 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3090
3091 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3092
3093 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3094
3095 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3096
3097 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3098
3099 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3100
3101 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3102
3103 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3104
3105 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3106 *Jewish holidays.
3107 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3108
3109 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3110
3111 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3112
3113 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3114 *Christian holidays.
3115 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3116
3117 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3118
3119 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3120
3121 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3122 *Islamic holidays.
3123 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3124
3125 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3126
3127 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3128
3129 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3130 *Sun-related holidays.
3131 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3132
3133 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3134
3135 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3136
3137 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3138 The frame set up of the calendar.
3139 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3140 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3141 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3142 any other value the current frame is used.")
3143
3144 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3145 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3146 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3147
3148 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3149 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3150
3151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3152
3153 ;;;***
3154 \f
3155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15853 60258))
3156 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3157
3158 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3159 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3160
3161 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3162 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3163
3164 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3165 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3166
3167 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3168 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3169
3170 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3171 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3172
3173 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3174 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3175
3176 ;;;***
3177 \f
3178 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3179 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3180 ;;;;;; (15611 62476))
3181 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3182
3183 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3184 Not documented
3185
3186 \(fn)" nil nil)
3187
3188 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3189 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3190 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3191 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3192 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3193 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
3194
3195 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3196
3197 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
3198 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
3199 run first.
3200
3201 Key bindings:
3202 \\{c-mode-map}
3203
3204 \(fn)" t nil)
3205
3206 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3207 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3208 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3209 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3210 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3211 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3212 message.
3213
3214 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3215
3216 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
3217 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
3218 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3219
3220 Key bindings:
3221 \\{c++-mode-map}
3222
3223 \(fn)" t nil)
3224
3225 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3226 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3227 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3228 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3229 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3230 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3231 message.
3232
3233 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3234
3235 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3236 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
3237 is run first.
3238
3239 Key bindings:
3240 \\{objc-mode-map}
3241
3242 \(fn)" t nil)
3243
3244 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3245 Major mode for editing Java code.
3246 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3247 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3248 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3249 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
3250 message.
3251
3252 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3253
3254 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3255 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
3256 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
3257 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
3258 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
3259
3260 Key bindings:
3261 \\{java-mode-map}
3262
3263 \(fn)" t nil)
3264
3265 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3266 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
3267 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3268 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3269 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3270 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3271 message.
3272
3273 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3274
3275 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
3276 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
3277 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3278
3279 Key bindings:
3280 \\{idl-mode-map}
3281
3282 \(fn)" t nil)
3283
3284 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3285 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3286 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3287 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3288 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3289 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3290 message.
3291
3292 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3293
3294 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3295 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
3296 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3297
3298 Key bindings:
3299 \\{pike-mode-map}
3300
3301 \(fn)" t nil)
3302
3303 ;;;***
3304 \f
3305 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3306 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15618 38209))
3307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3308
3309 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3310 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3311 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3312 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3313 for details of setting up styles.
3314
3315 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3316 style name.
3317
3318 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3319 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3320 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3321 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3322 will be reassigned.
3323
3324 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3325 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3326 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3327 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3328 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3329 default).
3330
3331 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3332 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3333 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3334 when used elsewhere.
3335
3336 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3337
3338 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3339 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3340 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
3341 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3342
3343 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3344
3345 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3346 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3347 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3348
3349 \(fn STYLE DESCRIP &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3350
3351 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3352 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3353 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3354 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3355 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3356
3357 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3358
3359 ;;;***
3360 \f
3361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15853 60342))
3362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3363
3364 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
3365 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
3366 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
3367 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
3368 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
3369
3370 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
3371 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
3372
3373 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
3374 `infodock'.")
3375
3376 ;;;***
3377 \f
3378 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3379 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3380 ;;;;;; (15791 52022))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3382
3383 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3384 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3385
3386 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3387
3388 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3389 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3390
3391 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3392
3393 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3394 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3395
3396 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3397 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3398 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3399 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3400 execution.
3401
3402 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3403
3404 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3405
3406 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3407 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3408
3409 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3410 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3411 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3412 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3413
3414 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3415 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3416 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3417 `write' commands.
3418
3419 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3420 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3421 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3422 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3423
3424 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3425 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3426 semantics.
3427
3428 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3429
3430 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3431
3432 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3433
3434 STATEMENT :=
3435 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3436 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3437
3438 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3439 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3440 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3441 | integer
3442
3443 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3444
3445 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3446 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3447 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3448
3449 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3450 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3451 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3452
3453 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3454 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3455
3456 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3457 BREAK := (break)
3458
3459 REPEAT :=
3460 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3461 (repeat)
3462 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3463 ;; (repeat))
3464 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3465 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3466 ;; (read REG)
3467 ;; (repeat))
3468 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3469 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3470 ;; (read REG)
3471 ;; (repeat))
3472 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3473
3474 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3475 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3476 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3477 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3478 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3479 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3480 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3481 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3482 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3483 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3484 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3485 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3486 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3487 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3488 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3489 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3490
3491 WRITE :=
3492 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3493 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3494 ;; representation.
3495 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3496 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3497 ;; (write r7))
3498 | (write EXPRESSION)
3499 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3500 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3501 ;; representation.
3502 | (write integer)
3503 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3504 ;; buffer.
3505 | (write string)
3506 ;; Same as: (write string)
3507 | string
3508 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3509 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3510 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3511 ;; representation.
3512 | (write REG ARRAY)
3513 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3514 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3515 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3516 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3517 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3518 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3519
3520 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3521 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3522
3523 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3524 END := (end)
3525
3526 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3527 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3528 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3529
3530 ARG := REG | integer
3531
3532 OPERATOR :=
3533 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3534 + | - | * | / | %
3535
3536 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3537 | & | `|' | ^
3538
3539 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3540 | << | >>
3541
3542 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3543 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3544 | <8
3545
3546 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3547 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3548 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3549 | >8
3550
3551 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3552 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3553 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3554 | //
3555
3556 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3557 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3558
3559 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3560 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3561 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3562 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3563 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3564 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3565 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3566 | de-sjis
3567
3568 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3569 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3570 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3571 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3572 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3573 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3574 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3575 ;; byte of SJIS.
3576 | en-sjis
3577
3578 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3579 ;; Same meaning as C code
3580 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3581
3582 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3583 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3584 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3585 | <8=
3586
3587 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3588 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3589 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3590
3591 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3592 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3593 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3594 | //=
3595
3596 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3597
3598
3599 TRANSLATE :=
3600 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3601 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3602 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3603 LOOKUP :=
3604 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3605 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3606 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-hash-translation-table'.
3607 MAP :=
3608 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3609 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3610 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3611 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3612 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3613 MAP-ID := integer
3614
3615 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3616
3617 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3618 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3619 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3620 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3621 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3622 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3623
3624 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3625
3626 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3627 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3628 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3629
3630 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3631
3632 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3633
3634 ;;;***
3635 \f
3636 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3637 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3638 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3639 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3640 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3641 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3642 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3643 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3644 ;;;;;; (15879 20227))
3645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3646
3647 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3648 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3649 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3650 the users will view as each check is completed.
3651
3652 \(fn)" t nil)
3653
3654 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3655 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3656 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3657 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3658 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3659 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3660 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3661 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3662
3663 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3664
3665 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3666 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3667 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3668 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3669 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3670 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3671 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3672 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3673
3674 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3675
3676 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3677 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3678 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3679 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3680 spacing are all verified.
3681
3682 \(fn)" t nil)
3683
3684 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3685 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3686 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3687 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3688 otherwise stop after the first error.
3689
3690 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3691
3692 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3693 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3694 Only documentation strings are checked.
3695 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3696 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3697 a separate buffer.
3698
3699 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3700
3701 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3702 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3703 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3704 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3705 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3706
3707 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3708
3709 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3710 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3711 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3712 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3713 if there is one.
3714
3715 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3716
3717 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3718 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3719 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3720 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3721 if there is one.
3722 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3723
3724 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3725
3726 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3727 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3728 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3729
3730 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3731
3732 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3733 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3734 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3735 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3736 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3737
3738 \(fn)" t nil)
3739
3740 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3741 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3742 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3743 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3744 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3745 space at the end of each line.
3746
3747 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3748
3749 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3750 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3751 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3752 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3753
3754 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3755
3756 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3757 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3758 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3759 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3760
3761 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3762
3763 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3764 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3765 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3766 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3767
3768 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3769
3770 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3771 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3772 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3773 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3774
3775 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3776
3777 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3778 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3779 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3780 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3781
3782 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3783
3784 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3785 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3786 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3787 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3788
3789 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3790
3791 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3792 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3793 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3794 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3795
3796 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3797
3798 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3799 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3800 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3801 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3802
3803 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3804
3805 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3806 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3807 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3808 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3809
3810 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3811
3812 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3813 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3814 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3815
3816 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3817 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3818 checking of documentation strings.
3819
3820 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3821
3822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3823
3824 ;;;***
3825 \f
3826 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3827 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15391
3828 ;;;;;; 33361))
3829 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3830
3831 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3832 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3833 Return the length of resulting text.
3834
3835 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3836
3837 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3838 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3839
3840 \(fn)" t nil)
3841
3842 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3843 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3844 Return the length of resulting text.
3845
3846 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3847
3848 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3849 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3850
3851 \(fn)" t nil)
3852
3853 ;;;***
3854 \f
3855 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3856 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15876 52395))
3857 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3858
3859 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3860 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3861 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3862 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3863 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3864 editing and the result is evaluated.
3865
3866 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3867
3868 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3869 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3870 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3871 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3872 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3873
3874 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3875
3876 \(fn)" t nil)
3877
3878 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3879 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3880 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3881 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3882 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3883
3884 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3885 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3886 \\{command-history-map}
3887
3888 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3889 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3890
3891 \(fn)" t nil)
3892
3893 ;;;***
3894 \f
3895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15834 24364))
3896 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3897
3898 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3899 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3900 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3901 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3902 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3903 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3904
3905 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3906 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3907
3908 ;;;***
3909 \f
3910 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3911 ;;;;;; (15737 41111))
3912 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3913
3914 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3915 Not documented
3916
3917 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3918
3919 ;;;***
3920 \f
3921 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3922 ;;;;;; (15250 27620))
3923 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3924
3925 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3926 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3927 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3928 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3929
3930 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3931 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3932 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3933
3934 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3935 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3936
3937 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3938
3939 ;;;***
3940 \f
3941 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15394
3942 ;;;;;; 11979))
3943 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3944
3945 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3946 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3947 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3948 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3949 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3950 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3951 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3952
3953 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3954 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3955
3956 ;;;***
3957 \f
3958 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3959 ;;;;;; (15860 63713))
3960 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3961
3962 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3963 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3964 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3965 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3966 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3967 ?* is used.
3968
3969 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3970
3971 ;;;***
3972 \f
3973 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3974 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3975 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15830 3513))
3976 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3977
3978 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3979 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3980 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3981 ASCII table.
3982
3983 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3984 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3985 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3986 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3987
3988 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3989
3990 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3991 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3992 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3993
3994 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3995
3996 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3997 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3998 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3999
4000 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4001
4002 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4003 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4004 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4005
4006 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4007
4008 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4009 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4010
4011 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4012 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4013 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4014
4015 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4016 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4017
4018 \(fn)" nil nil)
4019
4020 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4021 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4022
4023 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4024 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4025 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4026
4027 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4028
4029 ;;;***
4030 \f
4031 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4032 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4033 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4034 ;;;;;; (15887 19002))
4035 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4036
4037 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4038 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4039 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4040 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4041 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4042 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4043 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4044 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4045
4046 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4047
4048 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4049
4050 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4051 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4052 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4053 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4054 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4055 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4056 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4057 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4058
4059 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4060
4061 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4062
4063 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4064 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
4065 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4066 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4067 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4068 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4069
4070 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4071
4072 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4073 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4074 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4075
4076 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4077
4078 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4079
4080 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4081 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4082 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4083
4084 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4085
4086 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4087
4088 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4089 Send COMMAND to current process.
4090 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4091 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4092
4093 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4094
4095 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4096 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4097 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4098 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4099
4100 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4101
4102 ;;;***
4103 \f
4104 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15668
4105 ;;;;;; 8345))
4106 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4107
4108 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4109 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4110 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4111 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4112
4113 This command pushes the mark in each window
4114 at the prior location of point in that window.
4115 If both windows display the same buffer,
4116 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4117 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4118
4119 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
4120 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4121 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored.
4122
4123 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4124
4125 ;;;***
4126 \f
4127 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4128 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4129 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4130 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15867 48924))
4131 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4132
4133 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4134 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4135
4136 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4137
4138 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4139 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4140
4141 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4142
4143 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4144 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4145 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4146 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4147 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4148
4149 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4150 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4151 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4152 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4153 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4154
4155 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4156 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4157 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4158 describing how the process finished.")
4159
4160 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4161 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4162 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4163 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4164
4165 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4166 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4167 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4168
4169 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4170
4171 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4172 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4173 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4174 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4175
4176 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4177
4178 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4179 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4180 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4181 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4182
4183 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4184 and move to the source code that caused it.
4185
4186 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4187 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4188
4189 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
4190 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
4191 Then start the next one.
4192
4193 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4194 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4195 to a function that generates a unique name.
4196
4197 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4198
4199 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4200 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4201 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4202 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4203 where grep found matches.
4204
4205 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4206 easily repeat a grep command.
4207
4208 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4209 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4210 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4211 if that history list is empty).
4212
4213 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4214
4215 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4216 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4217 Collect output in a buffer.
4218 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4219 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4220
4221 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4222 easily repeat a find command.
4223
4224 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4225
4226 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4227 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4228 Collect output in a buffer.
4229 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4230 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4231 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4232 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4233 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4234
4235 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4236 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4237
4238 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4239 easily repeat a find command.
4240
4241 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4242 those sub directories of DIR.
4243
4244 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4245
4246 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4247 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4248 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4249 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4250 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4251
4252 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4253
4254 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4255
4256 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4257 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4258 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4259 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4260 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4261 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4262 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4263
4264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4265
4266 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4267 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4268 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4269 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4270 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4271 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4272
4273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4274
4275 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4276 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4277
4278 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4279 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4280
4281 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4282 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4283 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4284 and start at the first error.
4285
4286 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4287 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4288 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4289 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4290 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4291 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4292
4293 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4294 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4295 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4296
4297 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4298 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4299
4300 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4301 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4302
4303 ;;;***
4304 \f
4305 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4306 ;;;;;; (15851 7849))
4307 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4308
4309 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4310 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4311 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4313 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4314
4315 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4316
4317 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4318 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4319 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4320
4321 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4322 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4323 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4324 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4325
4326 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4327 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4328 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4329 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4330
4331 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4332 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4333 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4334 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4335
4336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4337
4338 ;;;***
4339 \f
4340 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4341 ;;;;;; (15706 63461))
4342 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4343
4344 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4345 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4346
4347 \(fn)" t nil)
4348
4349 ;;;***
4350 \f
4351 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4352 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4353 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4354 ;;;;;; (15713 36500))
4355 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4356
4357 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4358 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4359 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4360 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4361 `make-composition'.
4362
4363 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4364
4365 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4366 | | 1:tc or top-center
4367 | | 2:tr or top-right
4368 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4369 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4370 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4371 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4372 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4373 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4374
4375 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4376 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4377 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4378 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4379 be added.
4380
4381 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4382 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4383 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4384
4385 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4386 | | |
4387 | global| |
4388 | glyph | |
4389 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4390 +----+--*--+
4391 | | new |
4392 | |glyph|
4393 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4394 ")
4395
4396 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4397 Compose characters in the current region.
4398
4399 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4400 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4401
4402 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4403
4404 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4405 specifying the region.
4406
4407 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4408 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4409 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4410
4411 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4412 of the text in the region.
4413
4414 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4415
4416 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4417 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4418 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4419 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4420
4421 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4422 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4423 detail.
4424
4425 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4426 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4427 text in the composition.
4428
4429 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4430
4431 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4432 Decompose text in the current region.
4433
4434 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4435 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4436
4437 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4438
4439 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4440 Compose characters in string STRING.
4441
4442 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4443 the characters in it.
4444
4445 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4446 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4447 STRING respectively.
4448
4449 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4450 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4451 `compose-region' for more detail.
4452
4453 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4454 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4455 text in the composition.
4456
4457 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4458
4459 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4460 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4461
4462 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4463
4464 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4465 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4466 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4467 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4468 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4469 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4470 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4471 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4472
4473 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4474
4475 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4476 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4477
4478 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4479 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4480
4481 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4482 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4483
4484 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4485 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4486
4487 If no composition is found, return nil.
4488
4489 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4490 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4491
4492 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4493 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4494 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4495
4496 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4497
4498 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4499
4500 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4501 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4502 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4503
4504 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4505
4506 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4507
4508 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4509
4510 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4511 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4512
4513 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4514 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4515 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4516 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4517 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4518 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4519 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4520 nil.
4521
4522 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4523 is:
4524 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4525 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4526
4527 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4528
4529 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4530 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4531
4532 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4533
4534 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4535
4536 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4537 Compose last characters.
4538 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4539 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4540 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4541 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4542 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4543 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4544 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4545 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4546 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4547 after a sequence character events.
4548
4549 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4550 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4551
4552 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4553 Convert CHAR to string.
4554
4555 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4556 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
4557 vector of CHAR respectively.
4558
4559 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4560
4561 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4562
4563 ;;;***
4564 \f
4565 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4566 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15365 62270))
4567 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4568
4569 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4570 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4571 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4572 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4573
4574 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4575
4576 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4577 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4578 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4579 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4580
4581 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4582
4583 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4584 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4585 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4586 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4587
4588 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4589
4590 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4591 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4592
4593 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4594
4595 ;;;***
4596 \f
4597 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4598 ;;;;;; (15458 48079))
4599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4600
4601 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4602 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4603 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4604 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4605 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4606 following the copyright are updated as well.
4607
4608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4609
4610 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4611 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
4612
4613 ;;;***
4614 \f
4615 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4616 ;;;;;; (15740 63662))
4617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4618
4619 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4620 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4621 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4622 Tab indents for Perl code.
4623 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4624 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4625
4626 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4627 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4628 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4629 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4630 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4631 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4632 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4633 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4634 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4635 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4636 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4637 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4638
4639 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4640
4641 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4642 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4643
4644 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4645
4646 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4647 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4648 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4649 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4650 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4651 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4652 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4653 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4654 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4655
4656 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4657
4658 bite if angry;
4659
4660 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4661 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4662 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4663 to nil.)
4664
4665 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4666 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4667 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4668
4669 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4670
4671 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4672 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4673 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4674 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4675 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4676
4677 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4678
4679 if (A) { B }
4680
4681 into
4682
4683 B if A;
4684
4685 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4686
4687 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4688 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4689 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4690 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4691 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4692 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4693 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4694 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4695 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4696 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4697 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4698 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4699 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4700
4701 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4702 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4703 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4704 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4705 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4706 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4707
4708 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4709 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4710 man via menu.
4711
4712 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4713 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4714 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4715 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4716 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4717
4718 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4719 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4720 span the needed amount of lines.
4721
4722 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4723 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4724 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4725 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4726
4727 Variables controlling indentation style:
4728 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4729 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4730 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4731 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4732 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4733 `cperl-auto-newline'
4734 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4735 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4736 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4737 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4738 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4739 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4740 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4741 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4742 `cperl-indent-level'
4743 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4744 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4745 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4746 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4747 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4748 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4749 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4750 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4751 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4752 `cperl-brace-offset'
4753 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4754 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4755 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4756 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4757 `cperl-label-offset'
4758 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4759 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4760 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4761
4762 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4763 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4764 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4765 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4766 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4767
4768 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4769 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4770 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4771 \(both available from menu).
4772
4773 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4774 column 0 is indented on
4775 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4776
4777 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4778 with no args.
4779
4780 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4781 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4782 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4783
4784 \(fn)" t nil)
4785
4786 ;;;***
4787 \f
4788 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4789 ;;;;;; (15593 17690))
4790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4791
4792 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4793 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4794 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4795 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4796 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4797
4798 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4799
4800 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4801 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4802
4803 \(fn)" t nil)
4804
4805 ;;;***
4806 \f
4807 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4808 ;;;;;; (14632 7633))
4809 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4810
4811 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4812 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4813 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4814 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4815
4816 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4817 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4818
4819 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4820
4821 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4822 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4823 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4824
4825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4826
4827 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4828
4829 ;;;***
4830 \f
4831 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4832 ;;;;;; (15366 56663))
4833 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4834
4835 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4836 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4837 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4838 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4839
4840 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4841 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4842 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4843 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4844
4845 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4846 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4847 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4848
4849 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4850 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4851 'bob', and 'eve'.
4852
4853 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4854 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4855 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4856
4857 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4858
4859 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4860 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4861 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4862
4863 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4864
4865 ;;;***
4866 \f
4867 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4868 ;;;;;; (15893 48749))
4869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4870
4871 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4872 Non-nil means that CUA emulation mode is enabled.
4873 In CUA mode, shifted movement keys highlight and extend the region.
4874 When a region is highlighted, the binding of the C-x and C-c keys are
4875 temporarily changed to work as Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste.
4876 Also, insertion commands first delete the region and then insert.
4877 This mode enables Transient Mark mode and it provides a superset of the
4878 PC Selection Mode and Delete Selection Modes.
4879
4880 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4881 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4882
4883 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4884
4885 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4886 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4887 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4888 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4889 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4890 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4891
4892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4893
4894 ;;;***
4895 \f
4896 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4897 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4898 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4899 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4900 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4901 ;;;;;; customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window customize-option
4902 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize-mode
4903 ;;;;;; customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4904 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (15898 9081))
4905 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4906 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4907
4908 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4909 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4910
4911 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4912 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4913
4914 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4915 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4916
4917 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4918
4919 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4920
4921 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4922 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4923 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4924
4925 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4926 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4927
4928 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4929 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4930
4931 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4932 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4933
4934 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4935 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4936
4937 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4938
4939 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4940
4941 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4942 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4943 Return VALUE.
4944
4945 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4946 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4947
4948 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4949 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4950
4951 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4952 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4953
4954 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4955 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4956
4957 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4958
4959 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4960
4961 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4962 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4963 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4964 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4965 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4966
4967 \(fn)" t nil)
4968
4969 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4970 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4971 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4972 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4973
4974 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4975
4976 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4977 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4978
4979 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4980
4981 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4982 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4983
4984 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4985
4986 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4987
4988 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4989 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4990
4991 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4992
4993 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4994
4995 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4996 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4997 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4998
4999 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5000
5001 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5002 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5003 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5004 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5005 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5006
5007 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5008 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5009 version.
5010
5011 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5012
5013 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5014 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
5015 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
5016
5017 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5018 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
5019
5020 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5021
5022 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5023 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
5024
5025 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5026 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
5027
5028 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5029
5030 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5031 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5032
5033 \(fn)" t nil)
5034
5035 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5036 Customize all already saved user options.
5037
5038 \(fn)" t nil)
5039
5040 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5041 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5042 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5043 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5044 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5045 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5046 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5047
5048 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5049
5050 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5051 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5052 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5053
5054 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5055
5056 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5057 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5058
5059 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5060
5061 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5062 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5063
5064 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5065
5066 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5067 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5068 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5069 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5070 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5071 that option.
5072
5073 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5074
5075 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5076 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5077 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5078 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5079 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5080 that option.
5081
5082 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5083
5084 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5085 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5086
5087 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5088
5089 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5090 File used for storing customization information.
5091 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5092 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
5093 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5094
5095 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5096 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5097 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5098 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5099
5100 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5101
5102 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5103 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5104
5105 \(fn)" t nil)
5106
5107 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5108 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5109
5110 \(fn)" nil nil)
5111
5112 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5113 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5114 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5115
5116 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5117
5118 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5119 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5120 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5121 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5122 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5123
5124 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5125
5126 ;;;***
5127 \f
5128 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5129 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5130 ;;;;;; (15879 22694))
5131 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5132
5133 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5134 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5135
5136 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5137
5138 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5139 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5140 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5141 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5142
5143 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5144
5145 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5146 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5147 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5148 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5149 between themes and faces.
5150 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5151
5152 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5153 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5154
5155 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5156
5157 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5158 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5159 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5160 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5161 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5162
5163 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5164
5165 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5166 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5167 Associate this setting with THEME.
5168
5169 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5170
5171 (FACE TO-THEME)
5172
5173 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5174
5175 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5176
5177 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5178 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5179 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5180
5181 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5182
5183 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5184
5185 ;;;***
5186 \f
5187 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5188 ;;;;;; (15415 19689))
5189 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5190
5191 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5192 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
5193
5194 ;;;***
5195 \f
5196 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5197 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 7545))
5198 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5199
5200 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5201 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5202
5203 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5204 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5205 C++ modes are included.
5206
5207 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5208
5209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5210
5211 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5212 Turn on CWarn mode.
5213
5214 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5215 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5216
5217 \(fn)" nil nil)
5218
5219 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5220 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5221 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5222 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5223 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5224
5225 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5226
5227 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5228 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5229 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5230 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5231 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5232
5233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5234
5235 ;;;***
5236 \f
5237 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5238 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5239 ;;;;;; (15679 10480))
5240 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5241
5242 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5243 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5244
5245 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5246
5247 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5248 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5249
5250 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5251
5252 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5253 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5254 For readability, the table is slightly
5255 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5256
5257 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5258 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5259 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5260 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5261 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5262
5263 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5264
5265 ;;;***
5266 \f
5267 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5268 ;;;;;; (15898 7844))
5269 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5270
5271 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
5272
5273 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
5274
5275 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5276 Completion on current word.
5277 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5278 and presents suggestions for completion.
5279
5280 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5281 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5282 completions.
5283
5284 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5285 then it searches *all* buffers.
5286
5287 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5288 if there is a suitable one already.
5289
5290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5291
5292 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5293 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5294
5295 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5296 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5297 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5298 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5299 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5300
5301 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5302 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5303
5304 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5305 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5306 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5307
5308 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5309 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5310
5311 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5312
5313 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5314
5315 ;;;***
5316 \f
5317 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15727
5318 ;;;;;; 20702))
5319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5320
5321 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5322 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5323
5324 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5325 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5326 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5327
5328 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5329 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5330 Data lines are not indented.
5331
5332 Key bindings:
5333
5334 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5335 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5336
5337 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5338 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5339 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5340 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5341
5342 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5343
5344 dcl-basic-offset
5345 Extra indentation within blocks.
5346
5347 dcl-continuation-offset
5348 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5349
5350 dcl-margin-offset
5351 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5352
5353 dcl-margin-label-offset
5354 Indentation for a label.
5355
5356 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5357 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5358
5359 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5360 dcl-block-end-regexp
5361 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5362 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5363 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5364 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5365 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5366
5367 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5368 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5369 Two such functions are included in the package:
5370 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5371 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5372
5373 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5374 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5375 One such function is included in the package:
5376 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5377
5378 dcl-tab-always-indent
5379 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5380 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5381 margin.
5382
5383 dcl-electric-characters
5384 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5385 typed.
5386
5387 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5388 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5389 which words trigger electric indentation.
5390
5391 dcl-tempo-comma
5392 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5393 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5394 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5395
5396 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5397 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5398 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5399 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5400
5401 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5402 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5403 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5404 dcl-imenu-label-call
5405 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5406
5407 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5408 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5409 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5410 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5411
5412
5413 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5414
5415 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5416 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5417 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5418 $ i = 1
5419 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5420 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5421 $ label:
5422 $ if i.eq.1
5423 $ then
5424 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5425 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5426 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5427 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5428 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5429 \"lined up with the command line\"
5430 $ type sys$input
5431 Data lines are not indented at all.
5432 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5433 $ endif
5434 $
5435
5436 \(fn)" t nil)
5437
5438 ;;;***
5439 \f
5440 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5441 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15684 41935))
5442 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5443
5444 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5445
5446 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5447 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5448 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5449 of the evaluator.
5450
5451 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5452 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5453 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5454
5455 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5456
5457 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5458 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5459 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5460 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5461 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5462 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5463 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5464
5465 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5466
5467 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5468 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5469 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5470
5471 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5472
5473 ;;;***
5474 \f
5475 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5476 ;;;;;; (15394 11149))
5477 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5478
5479 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5480 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5481
5482 \(fn)" t nil)
5483
5484 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5485 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5486 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5487 Upper-case letters are commands.
5488
5489 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5490 modify it.
5491
5492 The most useful commands are:
5493 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5494 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5495 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5496 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5497 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5498 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5499
5500 \(fn)" t nil)
5501
5502 ;;;***
5503 \f
5504 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5505 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15303
5506 ;;;;;; 63268))
5507 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5508
5509 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5510 Customization of `columns' group.
5511
5512 \(fn)" t nil)
5513
5514 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5515 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5516
5517 START and END delimits the text region.
5518
5519 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5520
5521 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5522 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5523
5524 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5525
5526 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5527
5528 ;;;***
5529 \f
5530 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15372
5531 ;;;;;; 9207))
5532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5533
5534 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5535 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5536 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5537 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5538 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5539 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5540
5541 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5542
5543 Customization:
5544
5545 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5546 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5547 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5548 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5549 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5550 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5551 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5552 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5553 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5554 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5555 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5556 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5557 blank line.
5558 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5559 Directories to search when finding external units.
5560 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5561 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5562
5563 Coloring:
5564
5565 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5566 Face used to color delphi comments.
5567 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5568 Face used to color delphi strings.
5569 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5570 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5571 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5572 Face used to color everything else.
5573
5574 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5575 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5576
5577 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5578
5579 ;;;***
5580 \f
5581 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15352
5582 ;;;;;; 42199))
5583 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5584
5585 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5586
5587 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5588 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5589 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5590 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5591 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5592
5593 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5594
5595 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5596 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5597 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5598 positive.
5599
5600 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5601 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5602 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5603 any selection.
5604
5605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5606
5607 ;;;***
5608 \f
5609 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5610 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15746 4145))
5611 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
5612
5613 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5614 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5615
5616 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5617
5618 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5619 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5620 or nil if there is no parent.
5621 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5622 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5623 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5624 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5625 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5626
5627 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5628 arguments are currently understood:
5629 :group GROUP
5630 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5631 :syntax-table TABLE
5632 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5633 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5634 :abbrev-table TABLE
5635 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5636 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5637
5638 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5639
5640 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5641
5642 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5643 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5644 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5645
5646 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5647 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5648
5649 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5650 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5651 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5652
5653 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5654 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5655
5656 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5657
5658 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5659 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5660 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5661 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5662 the first time the mode is used.
5663
5664 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5665
5666 ;;;***
5667 \f
5668 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5669 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (15760 54525))
5670 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5671
5672 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5673 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5674 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5675 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5676 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5677 otherwise.
5678
5679 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5680
5681 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5682 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5683 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5684 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5685 character composition information (if relevant),
5686 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5687
5688 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5689
5690 ;;;***
5691 \f
5692 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
5693 ;;;;;; (15814 11695))
5694 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5695
5696 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5697 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
5698 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5699
5700 \(fn)" t nil)
5701
5702 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5703 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5704 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
5705 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files.
5706
5707 \(fn)" nil nil)
5708
5709 ;;;***
5710 \f
5711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15656
5712 ;;;;;; 43924))
5713 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5714
5715 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5716
5717 ;;;***
5718 \f
5719 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5720 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (15832 44370))
5721 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5722
5723 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5724 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5725 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5726 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5727 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5728
5729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5730
5731 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5732 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5733 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5734
5735 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5736 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5737 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5738 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5739
5740 #!/bin/sh
5741 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5742 emacs -batch \\
5743 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5744 european-calendar-style t \\
5745 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5746 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5747 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5748
5749 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5750 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5751 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5752 to run it every morning at 1am.
5753
5754 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5755
5756 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5757 Major mode for editing the diary file." t nil)
5758
5759 ;;;***
5760 \f
5761 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5762 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15739 64695))
5763 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5764
5765 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5766 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5767
5768 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5769
5770 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5771 *The command to use to run diff.")
5772
5773 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5774
5775 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5776 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5777 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5778 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5779 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5780 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5781
5782 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5783
5784 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5785 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5786 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5787 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5788 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5789
5790 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5791
5792 ;;;***
5793 \f
5794 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5795 ;;;;;; (15752 27875))
5796 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5797
5798 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5799 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5800 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5801 normal diffs.
5802 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5803 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5804 headers for you on-the-fly.
5805
5806 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5807 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5808 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction]." t nil)
5809
5810 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5811 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5812 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5813
5814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5815
5816 ;;;***
5817 \f
5818 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5819 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5820 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5821 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5822 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15899 8438))
5823 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5824
5825 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5826 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5827 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5828 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5829 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5830 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5831 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5832 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5833
5834 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5835
5836 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5837 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5838
5839 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5840 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5841 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5842 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5843 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5844
5845 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5846 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5847
5848 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5849 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5850 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5851 always set this variable to t.")
5852
5853 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5854
5855 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5856 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5857 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5858 A value of t means move to first file.")
5859
5860 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5861
5862 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5863 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5864 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5865 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5866 are afterward marked with that character.")
5867
5868 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5869
5870 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5871 *Controls marking of copied files.
5872 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5873 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5874
5875 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5876
5877 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5878 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5879 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5880 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5881
5882 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5883
5884 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5885 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5886 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5887 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5888
5889 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5890
5891 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5892 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5893 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5894 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5895
5896 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5897
5898 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5899
5900 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5901 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5902 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5903
5904 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5905 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5906
5907 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5908 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5909 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5910 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5911 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5912 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5913 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5914 list of files to make directory entries for.
5915 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5916 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5917 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5918 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5919
5920 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5921
5922 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5923 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5924
5925 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5926 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5927
5928 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5929 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5930
5931 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5932 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5933
5934 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5935
5936 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5937 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5938
5939 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5940 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5941
5942 ;;;***
5943 \f
5944 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5945 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5946 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5947 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5948 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5949 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5950 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5951 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5952 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5953 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5954 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5955 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5956 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15823 38917))
5957 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5958
5959 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5960 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5961 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5962 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5963 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5964 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5965 which is options for `diff'.
5966
5967 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5968
5969 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5970 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5971 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5972 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5973 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5974 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
5975
5976 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5977
5978 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5979 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5980 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
5981
5982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5983
5984 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5985 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5986
5987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5988
5989 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5990 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5991
5992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5993
5994 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5995 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5996 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5997 `lpr-switches' as default.
5998
5999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6000
6001 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6002 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6003 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6004 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6005 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6006
6007 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6008 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6009
6010 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6011 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6012 file name substituted for `?'.
6013
6014 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6015 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6016
6017 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6018 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6019 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6020 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6021
6022 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6023
6024 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6025 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6026 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6027
6028 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6029 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6030 in a subdir.
6031
6032 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6033 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6034
6035 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6036
6037 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6038 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6039 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6040 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
6041 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
6042 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6043
6044 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6045
6046 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6047 Not documented
6048
6049 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6050
6051 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6052 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6053
6054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6055
6056 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6057 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6058
6059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6060
6061 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6062 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6063
6064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6065
6066 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6067 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6068 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6069 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6070
6071 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6072
6073 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6074 Not documented
6075
6076 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6077
6078 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6079 Not documented
6080
6081 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6082
6083 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6084 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6085
6086 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6087
6088 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6089 Not documented
6090
6091 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6092
6093 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6094 Not documented
6095
6096 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6097
6098 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6099 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6100
6101 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6102
6103 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6104 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6105 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6106 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6107 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6108 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6109 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6110 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6111 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6112
6113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6114
6115 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6116 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6117 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6118 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6119 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6120 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6121 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6122 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6123
6124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6125
6126 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6127 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6128 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6129 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6130 and new hard links are made in that directory
6131 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6132 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6133 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6134
6135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6136
6137 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6138 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6139 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6140 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6141 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6142 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6143 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6144
6145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6146
6147 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6148 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6149
6150 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6151 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6152 file if none are marked.
6153
6154 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6155 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6156 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6157 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6158
6159 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6160 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6161
6162 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-PATH)" t nil)
6163
6164 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6165 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6166 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6167
6168 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-PATH)" t nil)
6169
6170 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6171 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6172 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6173
6174 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-PATH)" t nil)
6175
6176 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6177 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6178 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6179
6180 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-PATH)" t nil)
6181
6182 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6183 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6184
6185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6186
6187 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6188 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6189
6190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6191
6192 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6193 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6194 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6195 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6196 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6197 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6198 this subdirectory.
6199 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6200
6201 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6204 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6205 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6206 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6207 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6208 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6209 this subdirectory.
6210 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6211
6212 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6213
6214 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6215 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6216 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6217
6218 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6219
6220 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6221 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6222 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6223 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6224
6225 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6226
6227 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6228 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6229 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6230 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6231
6232 \(fn)" t nil)
6233
6234 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6235 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6236 Lower levels are unaffected.
6237
6238 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6239
6240 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6241 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6242
6243 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6244
6245 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6246 Go down in the dired tree.
6247
6248 \(fn)" t nil)
6249
6250 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6251 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6252 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6253 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6254
6255 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6256
6257 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6258 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6259 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6260 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6261
6262 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6263
6264 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6265 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6266 Stops when a match is found.
6267 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6268
6269 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6270
6271 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6272 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6273 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6274 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6275 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6276
6277 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6278
6279 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6280 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6281 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6282 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6283
6284 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6285
6286 ;;;***
6287 \f
6288 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15415 19784))
6289 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6290
6291 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6292 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6293 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6294 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6295 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6296 buffer and try again.
6297
6298 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6299
6300 ;;;***
6301 \f
6302 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
6303 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6304
6305 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6306 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6307 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6308
6309 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6310
6311 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6312 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6313
6314 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6315 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6316
6317 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6318
6319 ;;;***
6320 \f
6321 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
6322 ;;;;;; 9615))
6323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6324
6325 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6326 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6327 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6328 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6329 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6330 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6331
6332 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6333
6334 ;;;***
6335 \f
6336 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6337 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6338 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6339 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6340 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15369 56725))
6341 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6342
6343 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6344 Return a new, empty display table.
6345
6346 \(fn)" nil nil)
6347
6348 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6349 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6350 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6351 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6352 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6353
6354 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6355
6356 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6357 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6358 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6359 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6360 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6361
6362 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6363
6364 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6365 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6366
6367 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6368
6369 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6370 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6371
6372 \(fn)" t nil)
6373
6374 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6375 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6376
6377 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6378
6379 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6380 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6381
6382 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6383
6384 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6385 Display character C using printable string S.
6386
6387 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6388
6389 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6390 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6391 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6392 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6393
6394 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6395
6396 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6397 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6398 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6399 X frame.
6400
6401 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6402
6403 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6404 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6405
6406 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6407
6408 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6409 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6410
6411 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6412
6413 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6414 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6415
6416 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6417 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6418 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6419 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6420
6421 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6422 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6423 European character display.
6424
6425 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6426 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6427 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6428 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6429
6430 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6431 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6432 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6433 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6434 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6435
6436 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6437
6438 ;;;***
6439 \f
6440 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6441 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
6442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6443
6444 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6445 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6446 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6447 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6448 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6449 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6450 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6451 Default is 2.
6452
6453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6454
6455 ;;;***
6456 \f
6457 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15759 15266))
6458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6459
6460 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6461 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6462
6463 \(fn)" t nil)
6464
6465 ;;;***
6466 \f
6467 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6468 ;;;;;; (15736 21861))
6469 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6470
6471 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6472 Toggle Double mode.
6473 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6474 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6475
6476 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6477
6478 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6479 Toggle Double mode.
6480 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6481
6482 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6483 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6484
6485 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6486
6487 ;;;***
6488 \f
6489 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15650 57368))
6490 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6491
6492 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6493 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6494
6495 \(fn)" t nil)
6496
6497 ;;;***
6498 \f
6499 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6500 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
6501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6502
6503 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6504 Play sounds in message buffers.
6505
6506 \(fn)" t nil)
6507
6508 ;;;***
6509 \f
6510 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6511 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6512 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15889 10072))
6513 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6514
6515 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6516
6517 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6518 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6519 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6520 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6521
6522 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6523 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6524 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6525 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6526 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6527 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6528 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6529 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6530 used (see below).
6531
6532 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6533 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6534 Before the actual body code, you can write
6535 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6536 These following keyword arguments are supported:
6537 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6538 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6539 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6540 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6541 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6542 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6543 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6544
6545 For example, you could write
6546 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6547 nil \"Foo \" foo-keymap
6548 :require 'foo :global t :group 'inconvenience
6549 ...BODY CODE...)
6550
6551 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6552
6553 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6554 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6555 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6556 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6557 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6558 :group to specify the custom group.
6559
6560 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6561
6562 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6563 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6564 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6565 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6566 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6567 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6568 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6569
6570 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6571
6572 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6573 Not documented
6574
6575 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6576
6577 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6578 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6579 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6580
6581 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6582
6583 ;;;***
6584 \f
6585 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6586 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15879
6587 ;;;;;; 20200))
6588 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6589
6590 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6591
6592 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6593 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6594
6595 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6596 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6597 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6598
6599 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6600 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6601
6602 :filter FUNCTION
6603
6604 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6605 menu displayed.
6606
6607 :visible INCLUDE
6608
6609 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6610 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6611
6612 :active ENABLE
6613
6614 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6615 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6616
6617 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6618
6619 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6620
6621 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6622
6623 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6624 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6625
6626 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6627 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6628
6629 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6630
6631 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6632
6633 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6634
6635 :keys KEYS
6636
6637 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6638 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6639 computed automatically.
6640 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6641
6642 :key-sequence KEYS
6643
6644 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6645 menu item.
6646 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6647 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6648 keyboard equivalent.
6649
6650 :active ENABLE
6651
6652 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6653 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6654
6655 :included INCLUDE
6656
6657 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6658 expression has a non-nil value.
6659
6660 :suffix FORM
6661
6662 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6663 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6664
6665 :style STYLE
6666
6667 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6668 defined:
6669
6670 toggle: A checkbox.
6671 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6672 radio: A radio button.
6673 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6674 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6675 menu bar itself.
6676 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6677
6678 :selected SELECTED
6679
6680 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6681 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6682
6683 :help HELP
6684
6685 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6686
6687 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6688 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6689 as a solid horizontal line.
6690
6691 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6692
6693 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6694
6695 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6696 Not documented
6697
6698 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6699
6700 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6701 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6702 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6703 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6704
6705 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6706
6707 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6708 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6709 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6710 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6711 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6712 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6713
6714 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6715 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6716 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6717
6718 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6719 to implement dynamic menus.
6720
6721 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6722
6723 ;;;***
6724 \f
6725 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6726 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6727 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6728 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6729 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15279 28735))
6730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6731
6732 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6733 Customization for ebnf group.
6734
6735 \(fn)" t nil)
6736
6737 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6738 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
6739
6740 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6741 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6742 it to the printer.
6743
6744 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6745 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6746 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6747 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6748
6749 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6750
6751 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6752 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
6753 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6754
6755 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6756
6757 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6758 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
6759 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6760 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6761
6762 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6763
6764 \(fn)" t nil)
6765
6766 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6767 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6768 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6769
6770 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6771
6772 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6773
6774 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6775 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6776
6777 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6778 The EPS file name has the following form:
6779
6780 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6781
6782 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6783 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6784
6785 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6786 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6787 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6788 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6789
6790 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6791
6792 \(fn)" t nil)
6793
6794 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6795 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6796
6797 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6798 The EPS file name has the following form:
6799
6800 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6801
6802 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6803 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6804
6805 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6806 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6807 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6808 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6809
6810 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6811
6812 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6813
6814 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6815
6816 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6817 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer.
6818
6819 \(fn)" t nil)
6820
6821 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6822 Does a syntatic analysis of a region.
6823
6824 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6825
6826 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6827 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6828
6829 \(fn)" nil nil)
6830
6831 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6832 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6833
6834 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6835
6836 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6837 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6838
6839 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6840
6841 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6842 Set STYLE to current style.
6843
6844 It returns the old style symbol.
6845
6846 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6847
6848 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6849 Reset current style.
6850
6851 It returns the old style symbol.
6852
6853 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6854
6855 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6856 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6857
6858 It returns the old style symbol.
6859
6860 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6861
6862 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6863 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6864
6865 It returns the old style symbol.
6866
6867 \(fn)" t nil)
6868
6869 ;;;***
6870 \f
6871 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6872 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6873 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6874 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
6875 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
6876 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15790 60417))
6877 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6878
6879 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6880 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6881 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6882 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6883 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6884 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6885
6886 Tree mode key bindings:
6887 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6888
6889 \(fn)" t nil)
6890
6891 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6892 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6893
6894 \(fn)" t nil)
6895
6896 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6897 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6898 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6899 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6900 completion.
6901
6902 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6903
6904 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6905 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6906 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6907 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6908
6909 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6910
6911 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6912 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6913 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6914
6915 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6916
6917 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6918 Search for call sites of a member.
6919 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6920 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6921 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6922 looks like a function call to the member.
6923
6924 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6925
6926 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6927 Move backward in the position stack.
6928 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6929
6930 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6931
6932 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6933 Move forward in the position stack.
6934 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6935
6936 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6937
6938 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
6939 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
6940
6941 \(fn)" t nil)
6942
6943 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6944 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
6945
6946 \(fn)" t nil)
6947
6948 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
6949 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
6950 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
6951 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
6952
6953 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
6954
6955 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
6956 Display statistics for a class tree.
6957
6958 \(fn)" t nil)
6959
6960 ;;;***
6961 \f
6962 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
6963 ;;;;;; (15345 22660))
6964 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
6965
6966 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
6967 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
6968 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
6969 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
6970
6971 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
6972 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
6973 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
6974
6975 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
6976 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
6977 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
6978
6979 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
6980
6981 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
6982
6983 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6984
6985 ;;;***
6986 \f
6987 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
6988 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15185 49574))
6989 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
6990
6991 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
6992 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
6993 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
6994
6995 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
6996
6997 ;;;***
6998 \f
6999 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7000 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15764 55593))
7001 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7002
7003 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7004 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7005 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7006 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7007 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7008
7009 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7010 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7011 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7012 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7013
7014 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7015
7016 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7017 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7018 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7019 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7020
7021 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7022
7023 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7024 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7025 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7026 \(naming a function), or a list.
7027
7028 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7029
7030 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7031
7032 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7033 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7034 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7035 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7036 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7037
7038 If you do this on a function definition
7039 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7040 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7041 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7042 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7043
7044 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7045 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7046 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7047 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7048 already is one.)
7049
7050 \(fn)" t nil)
7051
7052 ;;;***
7053 \f
7054 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7055 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7056 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7057 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7058 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7059 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7060 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7061 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7062 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7063 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15832 6056))
7064 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7065
7066 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7067 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7068
7069 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7070
7071 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7072 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7073
7074 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7075
7076 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7077
7078 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7079
7080 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7081 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7082 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7083 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7084
7085 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7086
7087 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7088 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7089
7090 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7091
7092 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7093
7094 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7095 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7096
7097 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7098
7099 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7100
7101 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7102 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7103 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7104 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7105
7106 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7107
7108 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7109
7110 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7111 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7112 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7113 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7114
7115 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7116
7117 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7118
7119 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7120 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7121 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7122 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7123
7124 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7125
7126 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7127
7128 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7129 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7130 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7131 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7132
7133 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7134
7135 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7136
7137 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7138 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7139 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7140 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7141 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7142 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7143
7144 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7145
7146 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7147 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7148 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7149 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7150
7151 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7152
7153 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7154
7155 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7156 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7157 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7158 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7159
7160 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7161
7162 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7163
7164 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7165
7166 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7167 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7168 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7169 follows:
7170 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7171 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7172
7173 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7174
7175 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7176 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7177 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7178 follows:
7179 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7180 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7181
7182 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7183
7184 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7185 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7186 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7187 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7188 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7189 region.
7190 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7191 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7192
7193 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7194
7195 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7196 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7197 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7198 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7199 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7200 region.
7201 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7202 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7203 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7204
7205 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7206
7207 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7208
7209 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7210 Merge two files without ancestor.
7211
7212 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7213
7214 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7215 Merge two files with ancestor.
7216
7217 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7218
7219 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7220
7221 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7222 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7223
7224 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7225
7226 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7227 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7228
7229 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7230
7231 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7232 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7233 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7234 buffer.
7235
7236 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7237
7238 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7239 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7240 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7241 buffer.
7242
7243 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7244
7245 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7246 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7247 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7248 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7249
7250 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7251
7252 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7253 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7254 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7255 and don't ask the user.
7256 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7257 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7258
7259 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7260
7261 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7262 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7263 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7264 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7265 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7266 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7267
7268 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7269
7270 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7271
7272 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7273
7274 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7275 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7276 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7277 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7278 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7279
7280 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7281
7282 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7283
7284 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7285 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7286 When called interactively, displays the version.
7287
7288 \(fn)" t nil)
7289
7290 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7291 Display Ediff's manual.
7292 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7293
7294 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7295
7296 ;;;***
7297 \f
7298 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7299 ;;;;;; (15418 30513))
7300 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7301
7302 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7303 Not documented
7304
7305 \(fn)" t nil)
7306
7307 ;;;***
7308 \f
7309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15753 8718))
7310 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7311
7312 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7313 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7314
7315 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7316
7317 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7318
7319 ;;;***
7320 \f
7321 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7322 ;;;;;; (15832 6056))
7323 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7324
7325 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7326 Display Ediff's registry.
7327
7328 \(fn)" t nil)
7329
7330 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7331
7332 ;;;***
7333 \f
7334 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7335 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15783 52151))
7336 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7337
7338 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7339 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7340 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7341 which see.
7342
7343 \(fn)" t nil)
7344
7345 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7346 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7347 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7348 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7349
7350 \(fn)" t nil)
7351
7352 ;;;***
7353 \f
7354 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7355 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7356 ;;;;;; (15743 41210))
7357 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7358
7359 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7360 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7361 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7362
7363 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7364 Edit a keyboard macro.
7365 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7366 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7367 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7368 its command name.
7369 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7370
7371 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7372
7373 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7374 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7375
7376 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7377
7378 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7379 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7380
7381 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7382
7383 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7384 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7385 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7386 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7387 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7388 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7389
7390 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7391 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7392 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7393 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7394
7395 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7398 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7399 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7400 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7401 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7402 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7403
7404 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7405
7406 ;;;***
7407 \f
7408 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7409 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15824 23621))
7410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7411
7412 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7413 Set scroll margins.
7414 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7415 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7416
7417 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7418
7419 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7420 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7421
7422 \(fn)" t nil)
7423
7424 ;;;***
7425 \f
7426 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7427 ;;;;;; (15031 23821))
7428 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7429
7430 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7431 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7432 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7433 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7434 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7435 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7436 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7437 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7438
7439 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7440 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7441
7442 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7443 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7444 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7445 this value is non-nil.
7446
7447 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7448 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7449 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7450
7451 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7452 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7453 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7454
7455 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7456
7457 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7458 Not documented
7459
7460 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7461
7462 ;;;***
7463 \f
7464 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7465 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15893 48749))
7466 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7467
7468 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7469 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7470
7471 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7472
7473 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7474 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7475 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7476
7477 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7478 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7479 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7480 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7481 from the documentation string if possible.
7482
7483 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7484 instead.
7485
7486 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7487
7488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7489
7490 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7491 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7492
7493 \(fn)" t nil)
7494
7495 ;;;***
7496 \f
7497 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15818
7498 ;;;;;; 46540))
7499 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7500
7501 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7502 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7503
7504 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7505 an elided material again.
7506
7507 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7508
7509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7510
7511 ;;;***
7512 \f
7513 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7514 ;;;;;; (15790 59914))
7515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7516
7517 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7518 Initialize elint.
7519
7520 \(fn)" t nil)
7521
7522 ;;;***
7523 \f
7524 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7525 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15402
7526 ;;;;;; 37958))
7527 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7528
7529 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7530 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7531 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7532
7533 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7534
7535 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7536 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7537 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7538
7539 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7540
7541 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7542 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7543 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7544
7545 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7546
7547 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7548
7549 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7550 Display current profiling results.
7551 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7552 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7553 displayed.
7554
7555 \(fn)" t nil)
7556
7557 ;;;***
7558 \f
7559 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7560 ;;;;;; (15672 29686))
7561 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7562
7563 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7564 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7565 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7566
7567 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7568
7569 ;;;***
7570 \f
7571 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7572 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7573 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7574 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7575 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15400 23563))
7576 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7577
7578 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7579
7580 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
7581
7582 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
7583
7584 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
7585
7586 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
7587
7588 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
7589
7590 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
7591
7592 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
7593
7594 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
7595
7596 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7597 Run Emerge on two files.
7598
7599 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7600
7601 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7602 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7603
7604 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7605
7606 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7607 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7608
7609 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7610
7611 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7612 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7613
7614 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7615
7616 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7617 Not documented
7618
7619 \(fn)" nil nil)
7620
7621 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7622 Not documented
7623
7624 \(fn)" nil nil)
7625
7626 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7627 Not documented
7628
7629 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7630
7631 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7632 Not documented
7633
7634 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7635
7636 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7637 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7638
7639 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7640
7641 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7642 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7643
7644 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7645
7646 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7647 Not documented
7648
7649 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7650
7651 ;;;***
7652 \f
7653 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7654 ;;;;;; (15781 78))
7655 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7656
7657 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7658 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7659 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7660 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7661 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7662
7663 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7664
7665 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7666 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7667 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7668
7669 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7670 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7671 automatically.
7672
7673 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7674 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7675 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7676
7677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7678
7679 ;;;***
7680 \f
7681 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7682 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15535 7606))
7683 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
7684
7685 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7686 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7687 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7688 text/enriched format.
7689 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7690
7691 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7692 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7693
7694 Commands:
7695
7696 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7697
7698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7699
7700 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7701 Not documented
7702
7703 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7704
7705 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7706 Not documented
7707
7708 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7709
7710 ;;;***
7711 \f
7712 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15620
7713 ;;;;;; 25657))
7714 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7715
7716 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7717 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7718
7719 \\{eshell-mode-map}
7720
7721 \(fn)" nil nil)
7722
7723 ;;;***
7724 \f
7725 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15470
7726 ;;;;;; 10698))
7727 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7728
7729 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7730 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7731
7732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7733
7734 ;;;***
7735 \f
7736 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7737 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15681 46036))
7738 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7739
7740 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7741 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7742 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7743 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7744 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7745 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7746 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7747 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7748 buffer selected (or created).
7749
7750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7751
7752 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7753 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7754 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7755
7756 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7757
7758 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7759 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7760 The result might be any Lisp object.
7761 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7762 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7763 corresponding to a successful execution.
7764
7765 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7766
7767 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7768 Report a bug in Eshell.
7769 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7770 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7771
7772 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7773
7774 ;;;***
7775 \f
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7777 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7778 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7779 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
7780 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
7781 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
7782 ;;;;;; (15827 19902))
7783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7784
7785 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7786 *File name of tags table.
7787 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7788 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7789 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7790 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7791
7792 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7793 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7794 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7795 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7796
7797 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7798
7799 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7800 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7801 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7802 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7803 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7804 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7805
7806 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7807
7808 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7809 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7810 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7811 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7812 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7813 `auto-compression-mode').")
7814
7815 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7816
7817 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7818 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7819 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7820 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7821 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7822
7823 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7824
7825 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7826 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7827 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7828 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7829
7830 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7831
7832 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7833 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7834 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7835 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7836 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7837
7838 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7839
7840 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7841 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7842 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7843 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7844
7845 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7846 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7847 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7848 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7849 file the tag was in.
7850
7851 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7852
7853 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7854 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7855 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7856 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7857 without directory names.
7858
7859 \(fn)" nil nil)
7860
7861 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7862 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7863 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7864 but does not select the buffer.
7865 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7866
7867 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7868 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7869 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7870 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7871 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7872
7873 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7874
7875 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7876 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7877 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7878
7879 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7880
7881 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7882
7883 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7884 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7885 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7886 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7887
7888 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7889 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7890 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7891 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7892 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7893
7894 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7895
7896 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7897 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7898 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7899
7900 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7901
7902 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7903 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7904
7905 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7906 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7907 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7908 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7909 around or before point.
7910
7911 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7912 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7913 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7914 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7915 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7916
7917 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7918
7919 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7920 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7921 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7922
7923 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7924
7925 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7926 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
7927
7928 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
7929 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7930 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
7931 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7932 around or before point.
7933
7934 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7935 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7936 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7937 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7938 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7939
7940 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7941
7942 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7943 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7944 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7945
7946 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7947
7948 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
7949 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
7950
7951 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
7952 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
7953 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
7954
7955 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7956 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7957 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7958 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7959 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7960
7961 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
7962
7963 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7964 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7965 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7966
7967 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7968
7969 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7970 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
7971 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
7972
7973 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
7974 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
7975
7976 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
7977 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
7978 where they were found.
7979
7980 \(fn)" t nil)
7981
7982 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
7983 Select next file among files in current tags table.
7984
7985 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
7986 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
7987 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
7988
7989 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
7990 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
7991
7992 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
7993 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
7994
7995 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
7996
7997 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
7998 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
7999 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8000 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8001
8002 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8003 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8004 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8005 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8006 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8007
8008 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8009 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8010
8011 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8012 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8013 Stops when a match is found.
8014 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8015
8016 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8017
8018 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8019
8020 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8021 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8022 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8023 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8024 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8025
8026 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8027
8028 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8029
8030 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8031 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8032 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8033 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8034 directory specification.
8035
8036 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8037
8038 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8039 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8040
8041 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8042
8043 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8044 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8045 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8046 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8047
8048 \(fn)" t nil)
8049
8050 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8051 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8052 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8053 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8054 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8055
8056 \(fn)" t nil)
8057
8058 ;;;***
8059 \f
8060 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8061 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8062 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8063 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8064 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8065 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8066 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8067 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15706 63953))
8068 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8069
8070 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8071 Not documented
8072
8073 \(fn)" nil nil)
8074
8075 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8076 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8077 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8078 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8079
8080 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8081 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8082 language.
8083
8084 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8085 even if the buffer is read-only.
8086
8087 See also the descriptions of the variables
8088 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8089 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8090
8091 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8092
8093 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8094 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8095
8096 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8097 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8098
8099 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8100 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8101 language.
8102
8103 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8104 buffer is read-only.
8105
8106 See also the descriptions of the variables
8107 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8108 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8109
8110 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8111
8112 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8113 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8114 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8115
8116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8117
8118 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8119 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8120
8121 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8122 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8123
8124 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8125 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8126
8127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8128
8129 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8130 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8131 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8132 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8133
8134 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8135
8136 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8137 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8138 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8139 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8140
8141 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8142 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8143 the primary language.
8144
8145 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8146 buffer is read-only.
8147
8148 See also the descriptions of the variables
8149 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8150 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8151
8152 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8153
8154 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8155 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8156 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8157 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8158
8159 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8160 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8161 primary language.
8162
8163 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8164 buffer is read-only.
8165
8166 See also the descriptions of the variables
8167 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8168 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8169
8170 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8171
8172 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8173 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8174 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8175
8176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8177
8178 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8179 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8180
8181 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8182 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8183 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8184 3) convert the body into SERA.
8185
8186 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8187
8188 \(fn)" t nil)
8189
8190 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8191 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8192 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8193
8194 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8195
8196 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8197 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8198
8199 \(fn)" t nil)
8200
8201 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8202 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8203
8204 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8205 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8206 be 1, 2, or 3.
8207
8208 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8209 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8210 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8211
8212 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8213
8214 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8215
8216 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8217 Allow the user to input special characters.
8218
8219 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8220
8221 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8222 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8223 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8224
8225 \(fn)" t nil)
8226
8227 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8228 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8229
8230 \(fn)" t nil)
8231
8232 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8233 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8234
8235 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8236 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8237
8238 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8239 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8240
8241 \(fn)" nil nil)
8242
8243 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8244 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8245
8246 \(fn)" nil nil)
8247
8248 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8249 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8250
8251 \(fn)" nil nil)
8252
8253 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8254 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8255
8256 \(fn)" nil nil)
8257
8258 ;;;***
8259 \f
8260 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8261 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8262 ;;;;;; (15791 51837))
8263 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8264
8265 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8266 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8267 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8268 server for future sessions.
8269
8270 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8271
8272 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8273 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8274
8275 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8276
8277 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8278 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8279
8280 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8281
8282 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8283 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8284 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8285 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8286 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8287 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8288 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8289 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8290 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8291 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8292 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8293 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8294
8295 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8296
8297 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8298 Display a form to query the directory server.
8299 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8300 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8301
8302 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8303
8304 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8305 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8306 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8307
8308 \(fn)" t nil)
8309
8310 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8311
8312 ;;;***
8313 \f
8314 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8315 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8316 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 13186))
8317 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8318
8319 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8320 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8321
8322 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8323
8324 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8325 Display URL and make it clickable.
8326
8327 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8328
8329 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8330 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8331
8332 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8333
8334 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8335 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8336
8337 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8338
8339 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8340 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8341
8342 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8343
8344 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8345 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8346
8347 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8348
8349 ;;;***
8350 \f
8351 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8352 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 13344))
8353 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8354
8355 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8356 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8357 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8358
8359 \(fn)" t nil)
8360
8361 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8362 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8363
8364 \(fn)" t nil)
8365
8366 ;;;***
8367 \f
8368 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8369 ;;;;;; (15429 13512))
8370 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8371
8372 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8373 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8374
8375 \(fn)" t nil)
8376
8377 ;;;***
8378 \f
8379 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8380 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8381 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15305 61706))
8382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8383
8384 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8385 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8386 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8387
8388 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8389
8390 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8391 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8392 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8393 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8394 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8395 executable.
8396
8397 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8398
8399 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8400 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8401 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8402
8403 \(fn)" t nil)
8404
8405 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8406 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8407 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8408 file modes.
8409
8410 \(fn)" nil nil)
8411
8412 ;;;***
8413 \f
8414 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8415 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15363 54641))
8416 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8417
8418 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8419 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8420 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8421 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8422
8423 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8424
8425 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8426 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8427 to generate such functions.
8428
8429 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8430 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8431 beginning of the expanded text.
8432
8433 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8434 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8435 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8436 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8437
8438 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8439
8440 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8441
8442 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8443 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8444 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8445
8446 \(fn)" t nil)
8447
8448 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8449 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8450 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8451
8452 \(fn)" t nil)
8453 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8454 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8455
8456 ;;;***
8457 \f
8458 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15729 25951))
8459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8460
8461 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8462 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8463
8464 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8465 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8466 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8467
8468 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8469
8470 Key definitions:
8471 \\{f90-mode-map}
8472
8473 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8474
8475 `f90-do-indent'
8476 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8477 `f90-if-indent'
8478 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8479 `f90-type-indent'
8480 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8481 `f90-program-indent'
8482 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8483 (default 2).
8484 `f90-continuation-indent'
8485 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8486 `f90-comment-region'
8487 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8488 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8489 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8490 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8491 (default \"!\").
8492 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8493 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8494 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8495 `f90-break-delimiters'
8496 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8497 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8498 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8499 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8500 (default t).
8501 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8502 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8503 `f90-smart-end'
8504 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8505 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8506 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8507 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8508 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8509 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8510 `f90-leave-line-no'
8511 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8512 `f90-keywords-re'
8513 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8514
8515 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8516 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8517
8518 \(fn)" t nil)
8519
8520 ;;;***
8521 \f
8522 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8523 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8524 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8525 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8526 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15656 59685))
8527 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8528 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8529 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8530
8531 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8532 Menu keymap for faces.")
8533
8534 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8535
8536 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8537 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8538
8539 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8540
8541 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8542 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8543
8544 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8545
8546 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8547 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8548
8549 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8550
8551 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8552 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8553
8554 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8555
8556 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8557 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8558
8559 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8560
8561 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8562 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8563
8564 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8565
8566 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8567
8568 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8569
8570 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8571
8572 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8573 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8574 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8575 will not show through at all will be removed.
8576
8577 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8578
8579 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8580 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8581 requested face.
8582
8583 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8584 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8585 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8586
8587 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8588
8589 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8590 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8591 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8592
8593 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8594 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8595 requested face.
8596
8597 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8598 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8599 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8600
8601 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8602
8603 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8604 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8605 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8606
8607 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8608 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8609 requested face.
8610
8611 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8612 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8613 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8614
8615 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8616
8617 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8618 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8619 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8620 is the menu item's name.
8621
8622 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8623 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8624 requested face.
8625
8626 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8627 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8628 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8629
8630 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8631
8632 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8633 Make the region invisible.
8634 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8635 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8636
8637 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8638
8639 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8640 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8641 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8642 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8643
8644 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8645
8646 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8647 Make the region unmodifiable.
8648 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8649 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8650
8651 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8652
8653 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8654 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8655
8656 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8657
8658 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8659 Remove all text properties from the region.
8660
8661 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8662
8663 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8664 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8665 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8666
8667 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8668
8669 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8670 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8671
8672 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8673
8674 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8675 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8676 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8677 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8678 of colors that the current display can handle.
8679
8680 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8681
8682 ;;;***
8683 \f
8684 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8685 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15363 46804))
8686 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8687
8688 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8689 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8690 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8691 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8692
8693 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8694
8695 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8696 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8697 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8698
8699 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8700 - When you save the file's buffer.
8701 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8702 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8703 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8704 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8705
8706 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8707
8708 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8709 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8710 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8711 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8712
8713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8714
8715 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8716 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8717
8718 \(fn)" nil nil)
8719
8720 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8721
8722 ;;;***
8723 \f
8724 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8725 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8726 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15832 6910))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8728
8729 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8730 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8731 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8732 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8733
8734 \(fn)" nil nil)
8735
8736 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8737 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8738
8739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8740
8741 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8742 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8743 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8744 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8745
8746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8747
8748 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8749 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8750 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8751 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8752 backup file names and the like).
8753
8754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8755
8756 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8757 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8758 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8759 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8760 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8761 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8762 internally by feedmail):
8763
8764 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8765 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8766 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8767 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8768
8769 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8770 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8771 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8772 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8773 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8774
8775 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8776
8777 ;;;***
8778 \f
8779 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8780 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15832 29476))
8781 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8782
8783 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8784 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8785 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8786 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8787 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8788 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8789 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8790
8791 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8792
8793 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8794 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8795 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8796 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8797 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8798 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8799 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8800
8801 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8802
8803 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8804
8805 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8806
8807 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8808 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8809 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8810 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8811 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8812 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8813
8814 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8815
8816 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8817 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8818 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8819 Return value:
8820 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8821 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8822 * otherwise, nil
8823
8824 \(fn E)" t nil)
8825
8826 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8827 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8828
8829 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8830
8831 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8832 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8833
8834 \(fn)" t nil)
8835
8836 ;;;***
8837 \f
8838 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8839 ;;;;;; (15567 448))
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8841
8842 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8843 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8844 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8845 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8846 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8847 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8848 \(directories) is done.
8849
8850 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8851 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8852 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8853 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8854
8855 ;;;***
8856 \f
8857 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8858 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15837 6130))
8859 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8860
8861 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8862 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8863 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8864 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8865 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8866
8867 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8868
8869 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8870 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8871 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8872 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8873
8874 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8875
8876 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8877 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8878 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8879
8880 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8881
8882 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8883 as the final argument.
8884
8885 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8886
8887 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8888 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8889 and run dired on those files.
8890 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8891 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8892
8893 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8894
8895 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8896
8897 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8898 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8899 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8900
8901 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8902
8903 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8904
8905 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8906
8907 ;;;***
8908 \f
8909 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8910 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8911 ;;;;;; (15803 6308))
8912 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8913
8914 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8915 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8916 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
8917
8918 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
8919
8920 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8921
8922 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
8923
8924 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8925 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8926 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
8927
8928 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
8929 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
8930
8931 Variables of interest include:
8932
8933 - `ff-case-fold-search'
8934 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
8935 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
8936
8937 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
8938 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
8939 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
8940
8941 - `ff-ignore-include'
8942 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
8943
8944 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
8945 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
8946
8947 - `ff-quiet-mode'
8948 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
8949
8950 - `ff-special-constructs'
8951 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
8952 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
8953 extracting the filename from that construct.
8954
8955 - `ff-other-file-alist'
8956 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
8957
8958 - `ff-search-directories'
8959 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
8960 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
8961
8962 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
8963 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
8964
8965 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
8966 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
8967
8968 - `ff-post-load-hook'
8969 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
8970
8971 - `ff-not-found-hook'
8972 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
8973
8974 - `ff-file-created-hook'
8975 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
8976
8977 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
8978
8979 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8980 Visit the file you click on.
8981
8982 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
8983
8984 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
8985 Visit the file you click on in another window.
8986
8987 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
8988
8989 ;;;***
8990 \f
8991 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
8992 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
8993 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
8994 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
8995 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
8996 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (15894 19684))
8997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
8998
8999 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9000 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9001
9002 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9003
9004 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9005 Search for SYMBOL.
9006 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9007 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9008
9009 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9010
9011 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9012 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9013
9014 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9015 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9016 not selected.
9017
9018 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9019 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9020 in `load-path'.
9021
9022 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9023
9024 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9025 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9026
9027 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9028 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9029 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9030 it is one of the current buffers.
9031
9032 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9033 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9034 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9035
9036 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9037
9038 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9039 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9040
9041 See `find-function' for more details.
9042
9043 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9044
9045 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9046 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9047
9048 See `find-function' for more details.
9049
9050 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9051
9052 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9053 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9054
9055 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9056 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9057 not selected.
9058
9059 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9060 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9061
9062 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9063
9064 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9065 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9066
9067 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9068 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9069 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9070 it is one of the current buffers.
9071
9072 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9073 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9074 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9075
9076 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9077
9078 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9079 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9080
9081 See `find-variable' for more details.
9082
9083 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9084
9085 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9086 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9087
9088 See `find-variable' for more details.
9089
9090 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9091
9092 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9093 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9094 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9095
9096 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
9097
9098 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9099 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9100
9101 \(fn)" t nil)
9102
9103 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9104 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9105
9106 \(fn)" t nil)
9107
9108 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9109 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9110
9111 \(fn)" nil nil)
9112
9113 ;;;***
9114 \f
9115 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9116 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15186 53885))
9117 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9118
9119 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9120 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9121
9122 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9123
9124 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9125 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9126
9127 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9128
9129 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9130 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9131
9132 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9133
9134 ;;;***
9135 \f
9136 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9137 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15887 19001))
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9139
9140 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9141 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9142
9143 \(fn)" t nil)
9144
9145 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9146 Display FILE's commentary section.
9147 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9148
9149 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9150
9151 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9152 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9153
9154 \(fn)" t nil)
9155
9156 ;;;***
9157 \f
9158 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9159 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
9160 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9161
9162 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9163 Toggle flow control handling.
9164 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9165 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9166
9167 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9168
9169 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9170 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9171 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9172 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9173 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9174 to get the effect of a C-q.
9175
9176 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9177
9178 ;;;***
9179 \f
9180 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9181 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9182 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15577 17335))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9184
9185 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9186 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9187 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9188
9189 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9190
9191 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9192 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9193
9194 \(fn)" t nil)
9195
9196 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9197
9198 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9199
9200 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9201 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9202 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9203 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9204 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9205 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9206
9207 Bindings:
9208 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9209 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9210 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9211
9212 Hooks:
9213 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9214
9215 Remark:
9216 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9217 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9218 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9219
9220 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9221 consider adding:
9222 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9223 in your .emacs file.
9224
9225 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9226 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9227
9228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9229
9230 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9231
9232 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9233 The flyspell version
9234
9235 \(fn)" t nil)
9236
9237 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9238 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9239
9240 \(fn)" nil nil)
9241
9242 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9243 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9244
9245 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9246
9247 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9248 Flyspell whole buffer.
9249
9250 \(fn)" t nil)
9251
9252 ;;;***
9253 \f
9254 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9255 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9256 ;;;;;; (15832 29330))
9257 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9258
9259 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9260 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9261
9262 \(fn)" t nil)
9263
9264 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9265 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9266
9267 \(fn)" t nil)
9268
9269 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9270 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9271
9272 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9273 of two major techniques:
9274
9275 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9276 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9277 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9278
9279 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9280 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9281 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9282 movement commands.
9283
9284 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9285 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9286 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9287 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9288 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9289 mileage may vary).
9290
9291 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9292 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9293
9294 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9295
9296 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9297 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9298 \(This is the default.)
9299
9300 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9301 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9302
9303 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9304 \\{follow-mode-map}
9305
9306 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9307
9308 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9309 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9310
9311 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9312 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9313 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9314 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9315 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9316 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9317
9318 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9319 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9320 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9321
9322 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9323 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9324 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9325
9326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9327
9328 ;;;***
9329 \f
9330 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9331 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15851
9332 ;;;;;; 34713))
9333 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9334
9335 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9336 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9337 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9338 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9339 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9340 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9341 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9342 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9343 end of the current highlighting list.
9344
9345 For example:
9346
9347 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9348 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9349 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9350
9351 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9352 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9353
9354 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9355 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9356 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9357
9358 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9359 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9360 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9361
9362 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9363
9364 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9365 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9366
9367 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9368 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9369
9370 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9371 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9372 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9373
9374 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9375
9376 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9377 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9378
9379 \(fn)" t nil)
9380
9381 ;;;***
9382 \f
9383 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
9384 ;;;;;; (15767 61949))
9385 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
9386
9387 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
9388 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
9389 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
9390 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
9391 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
9392
9393 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
9394 compatibility.
9395
9396 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
9397 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
9398
9399 It returns a name of the created fontset.
9400
9401 \(fn FONTSET-SPEC &optional STYLE-VARIANT NOERROR)" nil nil)
9402
9403 ;;;***
9404 \f
9405 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15394
9406 ;;;;;; 11333))
9407 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9408
9409 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9410 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9411 \\<message-mode-map>
9412 key binding
9413 --- -------
9414
9415 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9416 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9417 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9418 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9419 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9420 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9421
9422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9423
9424 ;;;***
9425 \f
9426 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9427 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15590 2849))
9428 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9429
9430 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9431 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9432
9433 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9434 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9435 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9436 C-c < forms-first-record <
9437 C-c > forms-last-record >
9438 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9439 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9440 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9441 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9442 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9443 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9444 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9445 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9446 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9447 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9448
9449 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9450
9451 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9452 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9453
9454 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9455
9456 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9457 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9458
9459 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9460
9461 ;;;***
9462 \f
9463 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9464 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15863 57597))
9465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9466
9467 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9468 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9469 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9470 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9471 with a character in column 6.")
9472
9473 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9474
9475 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9476 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
9477 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9478 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9479
9480 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
9481 Fortran keywords.
9482
9483 Key definitions:
9484 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9485
9486 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9487
9488 `comment-start'
9489 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
9490 set this to the string \"!\".
9491 `fortran-do-indent'
9492 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
9493 `fortran-if-indent'
9494 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
9495 `fortran-structure-indent'
9496 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
9497 (default 3)
9498 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9499 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
9500 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9501 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
9502 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9503 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
9504 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
9505 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
9506 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9507 (for TAB format continuation style).
9508 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9509 indentation for a line of code.
9510 (default 'fixed)
9511 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9512 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9513 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
9514 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9515 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
9516 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9517 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
9518 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9519 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
9520 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9521 column 5. (default 1)
9522 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9523 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9524 statements. (default nil)
9525 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9526 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
9527 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
9528 statement. (default nil)
9529 `fortran-continuation-string'
9530 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9531 line. (default \"$\")
9532 `fortran-comment-region'
9533 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9534 region. (default \"c$$$\")
9535 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9536 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9537 as typed. (default t)
9538 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9539 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
9540 (default t)
9541
9542 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9543 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9544
9545 \(fn)" t nil)
9546
9547 ;;;***
9548 \f
9549 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9550 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15195 62737))
9551 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9552
9553 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9554 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9555
9556 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9557 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9558
9559 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9560
9561 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9562 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9563
9564 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9565 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9566
9567 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9568
9569 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9570 Compile fortune file.
9571
9572 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9573 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9574
9575 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9576
9577 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9578 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9579
9580 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9581 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9582 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9583 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9584
9585 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9586
9587 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9588 Display a fortune cookie.
9589
9590 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9591 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9592 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9593 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9594
9595 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9596
9597 ;;;***
9598 \f
9599 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode) "fringe" "fringe.el"
9600 ;;;;;; (15600 45018))
9601 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9602
9603 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9604 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
9605 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9606 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9607 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9608 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9609 specified, the user is queried.
9610 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
9611 future.
9612 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
9613 see `set-fringe-style'.
9614
9615 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9616
9617 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9618 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
9619 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9620 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9621 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9622 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9623 specified, the user is queried.
9624 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'.
9625
9626 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9627
9628 ;;;***
9629 \f
9630 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (15898 7844))
9631 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9632
9633 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9634 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9635 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9636 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9637
9638 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9639 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9640 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9641
9642 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9643 GDB Toolbar
9644 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9645 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9646 |
9647 |
9648 |
9649 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9650 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9651 | (comint-mode)
9652 |
9653 |
9654 |
9655 |
9656 |
9657 |
9658 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9659 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9660 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9661 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9662 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9663 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9664
9665 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9666 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9667 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9668 in the GUD buffer.
9669
9670 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9671 screen.
9672
9673 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9674 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9675 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9676
9677 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9678
9679 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9680 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9681 `gdb-quit' - To delete (most) of the buffers used by GDB-UI and
9682 reset variables.
9683
9684 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9685
9686 ;;;***
9687 \f
9688 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9689 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
9690 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9691
9692 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9693 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9694
9695 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9696 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9697
9698 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9699 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9700 function.
9701
9702 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9703 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9704 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9705 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9706 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9707 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9708
9709 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9710 Each keyword should be a string.
9711
9712 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9713 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9714
9715 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9716 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9717 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9718
9719 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9720
9721 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9722
9723 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9724
9725 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9726 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9727 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9728 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9729
9730 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9731 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9732
9733 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9734
9735 ;;;***
9736 \f
9737 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9738 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
9739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9740
9741 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9742 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9743 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9744 at places they belong to.
9745
9746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9747
9748 ;;;***
9749 \f
9750 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9751 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15847 36480))
9752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9753
9754 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9755 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9756
9757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9758
9759 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9760 Read network news.
9761 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9762 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9763 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9764 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9765 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9766
9767 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9768
9769 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9770 Read news as a slave.
9771
9772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9773
9774 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9775 Pop up a frame to read news.
9776
9777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9778
9779 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9780 Read network news.
9781 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9782 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9783 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9784
9785 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9786
9787 ;;;***
9788 \f
9789 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9790 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9791 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
9792 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9793
9794 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9795 Start Gnus unplugged.
9796
9797 \(fn)" t nil)
9798
9799 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9800 Start Gnus plugged.
9801
9802 \(fn)" t nil)
9803
9804 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9805 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9806 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9807 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9808
9809 \(gnus-agentize)
9810
9811 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9812 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9813 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9814
9815 \(fn)" t nil)
9816
9817 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9818 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9819
9820 \(fn)" t nil)
9821
9822 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9823 Not documented
9824
9825 \(fn)" t nil)
9826
9827 ;;;***
9828 \f
9829 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9830 ;;;;;; (15847 36479))
9831 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9832
9833 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9834 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9835
9836 \(fn)" nil nil)
9837
9838 ;;;***
9839 \f
9840 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9841 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
9842 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9843
9844 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9845 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9846
9847 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9848
9849 ;;;***
9850 \f
9851 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9852 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14860
9853 ;;;;;; 14811))
9854 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9855
9856 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9857 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9858
9859 Usage:
9860 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9861
9862 \(fn)" t nil)
9863
9864 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9865 Generate the cache active file.
9866
9867 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9868
9869 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9870 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9871
9872 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9873
9874 ;;;***
9875 \f
9876 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9877 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15847 36479))
9878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9879
9880 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9881 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9882 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9883
9884 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9885
9886 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9887 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9888
9889 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9890
9891 ;;;***
9892 \f
9893 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9894 ;;;;;; (14813 3418))
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
9896
9897 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
9898
9899 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
9900 Run batched scoring.
9901 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
9902
9903 \(fn)" t nil)
9904
9905 ;;;***
9906 \f
9907 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
9908 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15185 54813))
9909 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
9910
9911 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9912 Not documented
9913
9914 \(fn)" nil nil)
9915
9916 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9917 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
9918
9919 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
9920
9921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9922
9923 ;;;***
9924 \f
9925 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
9926 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
9927 ;;;;;; (15847 36479))
9928 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
9929
9930 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9931 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
9932 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
9933 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
9934 group parameters.
9935
9936 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
9937 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
9938 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
9939 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
9940
9941 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
9942 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
9943 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
9944 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
9945 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
9946 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
9947 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
9948 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
9949 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
9950 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
9951
9952 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
9953
9954 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9955 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
9956 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
9957
9958 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
9959 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
9960
9961 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
9962
9963 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9964 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
9965 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
9966
9967 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
9968
9969 \(fn)" nil nil)
9970
9971 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9972 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
9973 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
9974
9975 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
9976
9977 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
9978 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
9979 existing groups are considered.
9980
9981 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
9982 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
9983 returned.
9984
9985 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
9986 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
9987 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
9988 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
9989 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
9990 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
9991 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
9992 clauses will be generated.
9993
9994 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
9995 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
9996 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
9997 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
9998 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
9999 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10000
10001 For example, given the following group parameters:
10002
10003 nnml:mail.bar:
10004 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10005 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10006 nnml:mail.foo:
10007 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10008 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10009 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10010 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10011 nnml:mail.others:
10012 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10013
10014 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
10015
10016 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10017 \"mail.bar\")
10018 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10019 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10020 \"mail.others\")
10021
10022 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10023
10024 ;;;***
10025 \f
10026 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10027 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10029
10030 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10031 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10032 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10033
10034 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10035
10036 ;;;***
10037 \f
10038 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15847
10039 ;;;;;; 36479))
10040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10041
10042 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10043 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10044 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10045 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10046
10047 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
10048
10049 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10050
10051 ;;;***
10052 \f
10053 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
10054 ;;;;;; (15847 36479))
10055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
10056
10057 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
10058 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
10059 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
10060 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
10061 part is ignored.
10062
10063 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
10064 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
10065 rather than using this function.
10066
10067 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
10068
10069 ;;;***
10070 \f
10071 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10072 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10074
10075 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10076 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10077 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10078 for matching on group names.
10079
10080 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10081 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10082
10083 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10084
10085 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10086
10087 \(fn)" t nil)
10088
10089 ;;;***
10090 \f
10091 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10092 ;;;;;; (14860 12426))
10093 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10094
10095 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10096 Update the format specification near point.
10097
10098 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
10099
10100 ;;;***
10101 \f
10102 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
10103 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15650 59284))
10104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10105
10106 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
10107 Unload all Gnus features.
10108 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
10109 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
10110 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
10111
10112 \(fn)" t nil)
10113
10114 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10115 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
10116
10117 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
10118
10119 ;;;***
10120 \f
10121 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
10122 ;;;;;; (15847 36480))
10123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
10124
10125 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
10126 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
10127
10128 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
10129
10130 ;;;***
10131 \f
10132 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15750 12573))
10133 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
10134
10135 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
10136 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
10137
10138 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
10139 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
10140 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
10141
10142 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
10143 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
10144 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
10145
10146 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
10147 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
10148
10149 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
10150 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
10151
10152 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
10153
10154 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
10155
10156 ;;;***
10157 \f
10158 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
10159 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15806 53137))
10160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
10161
10162 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
10163 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
10164 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
10165 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10166 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
10167
10168 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10169
10170 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
10171 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
10172 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
10173 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10174 there, then load the URL at or before point.
10175
10176 \(fn)" t nil)
10177
10178 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
10179 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
10180 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
10181 or to send e-mail.
10182 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
10183
10184 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
10185 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
10186
10187 \(fn)" t nil)
10188
10189 ;;;***
10190 \f
10191 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
10192 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10193
10194 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10195 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10196 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10197 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10198 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10199
10200 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10201
10202 ;;;***
10203 \f
10204 ;;;### (autoloads (bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
10205 ;;;;;; (15876 62350))
10206 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
10207
10208 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10209 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10210 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10211 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10212
10213 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10214
10215 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10216 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10217 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10218 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10219
10220 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10221
10222 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10223 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10224 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10225 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10226
10227 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10228
10229 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10230 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10231 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10232 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10233
10234 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10235 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10236
10237 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10238
10239 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10240 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10241 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10242 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10243
10244 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10245
10246 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10247 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10248 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10249 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10250
10251 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10252
10253 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10254 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10255 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10256 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10257 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10258
10259 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10260 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10261 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10262 original source file access method.
10263
10264 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10265 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10266
10267 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10268
10269 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10270 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10271 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10272 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10273
10274 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10275 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10276
10277 ;;;***
10278 \f
10279 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15587
10280 ;;;;;; 40646))
10281 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10282
10283 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10284 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10285 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10286 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10287
10288 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10289 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10290 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10291 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10292
10293 \(fn)" t nil)
10294
10295 ;;;***
10296 \f
10297 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10298 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
10299 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10300
10301 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10302 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10303
10304 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10305
10306 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10307 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10308 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10309 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10310
10311 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10312
10313 \(fn)" t nil)
10314
10315 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10316 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10317 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10318 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10319 to be updated.
10320
10321 \(fn)" t nil)
10322
10323 ;;;***
10324 \f
10325 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10326 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10327 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15894 2323))
10328 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10329
10330 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10331 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10332 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10333 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10334 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10335 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10336
10337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10338
10339 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10340 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10341 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10342 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10343 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10344 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10345
10346 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10347 is used instead of `load-path'.
10348
10349 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10350 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10351 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10352
10353 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10354
10355 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10356 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10357
10358 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10359
10360 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10361 Not documented
10362
10363 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10364
10365 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10366 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10367 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10368
10369 \(fn)" nil nil)
10370
10371 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10372 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10373 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10374 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10375 it is displayed along with the global value.
10376
10377 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10378
10379 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10380 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10381 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10382 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10383
10384 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10385
10386 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10387 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10388 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10389
10390 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10391
10392 ;;;***
10393 \f
10394 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10395 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
10396 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10397
10398 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10399 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10400 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10401 and window listing and describing the options.
10402 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10403 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10404
10405 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10406
10407 ;;;***
10408 \f
10409 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10410 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10411 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15668 17307))
10412 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10413
10414 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10415 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10416 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10417 Commands:
10418 \\{help-mode-map}
10419
10420 \(fn)" t nil)
10421
10422 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10423 Not documented
10424
10425 \(fn)" nil nil)
10426
10427 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10428 Not documented
10429
10430 \(fn)" nil nil)
10431
10432 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10433 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10434
10435 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10436 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10437 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10438 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10439
10440 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10441 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10442 restore it properly when going back.
10443
10444 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10445
10446 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10447 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10448
10449 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10450 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10451 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10452 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10453 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10454
10455 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10456 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10457 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10458 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10459
10460 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10461 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10462 that.
10463
10464 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10465
10466 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10467 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10468 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10469 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10470 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10471 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10472
10473 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10474
10475 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10476 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10477 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10478 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10479 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10480
10481 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10482
10483 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10484 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10485
10486 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10487
10488 ;;;***
10489 \f
10490 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10491 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15185 49574))
10492 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10493
10494 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10495 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10496
10497 \(fn)" t nil)
10498
10499 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10500 Provide help for current mode.
10501
10502 \(fn)" t nil)
10503
10504 ;;;***
10505 \f
10506 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10507 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15796 33664))
10508 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10509
10510 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10511 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10512 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10513 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10514 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10515
10516 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10517 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10518
10519 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10520 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10521 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10522 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10523
10524 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10525 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10526 periods.
10527
10528 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10529 in hexl format.
10530
10531 A sample format:
10532
10533 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10534 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10535 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10536 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10537 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10538 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10539 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10540 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10541 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10542 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10543 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10544 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10545 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10546 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10547 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10548
10549 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10550 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10551 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10552
10553 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10554 also supported.
10555
10556 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10557
10558 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10559 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10560 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10561
10562 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10563 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10564 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10565
10566 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10567 into the buffer at the current point.
10568
10569 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10570 into the buffer at the current point.
10571
10572 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10573 into the buffer at the current point.
10574
10575 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10576
10577 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10578 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10579
10580 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10581
10582 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10583
10584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10585
10586 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10587 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10588 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10589
10590 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10591
10592 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10593 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10594 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10595
10596 \(fn)" t nil)
10597
10598 ;;;***
10599 \f
10600 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10601 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10602 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15824
10603 ;;;;;; 18159))
10604 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10605
10606 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10607 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10608
10609 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10610
10611 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10612 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10613
10614 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10615 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10616 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10617 which can be called interactively, are:
10618
10619 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10620 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10621
10622 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10623 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10624 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10625 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10626
10627 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10628 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10629
10630 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10631 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10632
10633 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10634 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10635 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10636 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10637 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10638 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10639
10640 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10641 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10642
10643 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10644 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10645 Hi-lock: FOO
10646 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10647 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10648 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10649 will be read until
10650 Hi-lock: end
10651 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10652
10653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10654
10655 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10656
10657 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10658 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10659
10660 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10661 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10662 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10663 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10664
10665 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10666
10667 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10668
10669 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10670 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10671
10672 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10673 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10674 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10675 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10676
10677 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10678
10679 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10680
10681 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10682 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10683
10684 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10685 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10686
10687 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10688
10689 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10690
10691 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10692 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10693
10694 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10695 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10696 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10697 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10698 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10699
10700 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10701
10702 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10703 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10704
10705 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10706 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10707 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10708
10709 \(fn)" t nil)
10710
10711 ;;;***
10712 \f
10713 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10714 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15494 12696))
10715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10716
10717 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10718 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10719 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10720 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10721 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10722 how the hiding is done:
10723
10724 `hide-ifdef-env'
10725 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10726 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10727 is used.
10728
10729 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10730 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10731 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10732 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10733 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10734
10735 `hide-ifdef-lines'
10736 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10737 #endif lines when hiding.
10738
10739 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10740 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10741 is activated.
10742
10743 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10744 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10745 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10746
10747 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10748
10749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10750
10751 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10752 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10753
10754 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10755
10756 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10757 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10758
10759 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10760
10761 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10762 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10763
10764 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10765
10766 ;;;***
10767 \f
10768 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10769 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15587 40845))
10770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10771
10772 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10773 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10774
10775 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10776
10777 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10778 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10779 Each element has the form
10780 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10781
10782 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10783 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10784
10785 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10786 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10787
10788 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10789 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10790 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10791 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
10792 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10793
10794 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10795 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10796
10797 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10798 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10799
10800 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10801 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10802 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10803
10804 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10805 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10806 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10807 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10808 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10809 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10810
10811 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10812 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10813 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10814
10815 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10816 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10817
10818 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10819
10820 Key bindings:
10821 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10822
10823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10824
10825 ;;;***
10826 \f
10827 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10828 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10829 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10830 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15736 22015))
10831 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10832
10833 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10834
10835 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10836 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10837 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10838
10839 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10840
10841 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10842 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10843
10844 Without an argument:
10845 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10846 or passive state as determined by the variable
10847 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10848 and passive state.
10849
10850 With an argument ARG:
10851 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10852 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10853 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10854
10855 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10856 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10857 not displayed in a different face.
10858
10859 Functions:
10860 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10861 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10862 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10863 buffer with the contents of a file
10864 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10865 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10866 various faces.
10867
10868 Hook variables:
10869 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
10870 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
10871 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
10872
10873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10874
10875 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10876 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10877
10878 \(fn)" t nil)
10879
10880 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10881 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10882
10883 \(fn)" t nil)
10884
10885 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
10886 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
10887
10888 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
10889 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
10890 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
10891 shown in the last face in the list.
10892
10893 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
10894 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
10895 buffer to be saved):
10896
10897 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
10898
10899 \(fn)" t nil)
10900
10901 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
10902 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
10903
10904 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
10905 and must not be read-only.
10906
10907 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
10908 this function is called interactively.
10909
10910 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
10911 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
10912 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
10913
10914 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
10915 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
10916 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
10917
10918 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
10919
10920 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
10921 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
10922
10923 When called interactively:
10924 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
10925 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
10926 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
10927 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
10928
10929 When called from a program:
10930 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
10931 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
10932 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
10933 - otherwise just turn it on
10934
10935 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
10936 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
10937 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
10938 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
10939
10940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10941
10942 ;;;***
10943 \f
10944 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
10945 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
10946 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
10947 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
10948 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15394 12491))
10949 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
10950
10951 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
10952 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
10953 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
10954 or insert functions in this list.")
10955
10956 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
10957
10958 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
10959 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
10960
10961 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
10962
10963 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
10964 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
10965
10966 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
10967
10968 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
10969 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
10970
10971 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
10972
10973 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
10974 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
10975
10976 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
10977
10978 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
10979 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
10980 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
10981
10982 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
10983
10984 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
10985 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
10986 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
10987 \(as atoms)")
10988
10989 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
10990
10991 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
10992 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
10993 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
10994 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
10995 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
10996
10997 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
10998
10999 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
11000 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
11001 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
11002 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
11003 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
11004 expansions.
11005 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
11006 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
11007 undoes the expansion.
11008
11009 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11010
11011 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
11012 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
11013 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
11014 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
11015
11016 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
11017
11018 ;;;***
11019 \f
11020 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
11021 ;;;;;; (15521 40298))
11022 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
11023
11024 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11025 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
11026 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11027 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
11028 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
11029
11030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11031
11032 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
11033 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
11034 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11035 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11036 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
11037
11038 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
11039
11040 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11041 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
11042 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11043 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
11044 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on.
11045
11046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11047
11048 ;;;***
11049 \f
11050 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
11051 ;;;;;; (15097 24075))
11052 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
11053
11054 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
11055 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
11056 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11057
11058 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
11059
11060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11061
11062 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
11063 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
11064
11065 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
11066 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
11067
11068 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
11069
11070 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
11071
11072 ;;;***
11073 \f
11074 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
11075 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
11076 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
11077
11078 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
11079 This function is obsolete.
11080 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11081 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11082
11083 \(fn)" nil nil)
11084
11085 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
11086 This function is obsolete.
11087 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11088 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11089
11090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11091
11092 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
11093 This function is obsolete.
11094 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11095 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11096
11097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11098
11099 ;;;***
11100 \f
11101 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
11102 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
11103 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
11104 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
11105 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
11106 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
11107 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
11108 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
11109 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
11110 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
11111 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
11112 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
11113 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
11114 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
11115 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
11116 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
11117 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
11118 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
11119 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
11120 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
11121 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
11122 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (15861 11075))
11123 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
11124
11125 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11126 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
11127 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
11128
11129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11130
11131 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11132 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
11133
11134 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11135
11136 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11137 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
11138
11139 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
11140
11141 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11142 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
11143
11144 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11145
11146 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11147 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
11148
11149 \(fn)" t nil)
11150
11151 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11152 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11153
11154 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11155
11156 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11157 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11158
11159 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11160 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
11161 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11162 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
11163 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11164 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11165 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
11166 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
11167 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11168 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11169 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11170 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
11171
11172 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
11173 Not documented
11174
11175 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11176
11177 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11178 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11179
11180 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11181
11182 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11183 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11184
11185 \(fn)" t nil)
11186
11187 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11188 Remove the first filter group.
11189
11190 \(fn)" t nil)
11191
11192 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11193 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11194
11195 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11196
11197 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11198 Remove all filter groups.
11199
11200 \(fn)" t nil)
11201
11202 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11203 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11204
11205 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11206
11207 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11208 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11209 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11210
11211 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11212
11213 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11214 Kill the filter group at point.
11215 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11216
11217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11218
11219 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11220 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11221
11222 \(fn)" t nil)
11223
11224 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11225 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11226
11227 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11228
11229 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11230 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11231 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11232 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11233
11234 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11235
11236 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11237 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11238 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11239
11240 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11241
11242 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11243 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11244 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11245 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11246 of replacing the current filters.
11247
11248 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11249
11250 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11251 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11252
11253 \(fn)" t nil)
11254
11255 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11256 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11257
11258 \(fn)" t nil)
11259
11260 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11261 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11262
11263 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11264 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11265 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11266
11267 \(fn)" t nil)
11268
11269 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11270 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11271
11272 \(fn)" t nil)
11273
11274 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11275 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11276
11277 \(fn)" t nil)
11278
11279 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11280 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11281 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11282 filter into parts.
11283
11284 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11285
11286 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11287 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11288 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11289
11290 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11291
11292 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11293 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11294
11295 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11296
11297 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11298 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11299
11300 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11301
11302 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11303 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11304 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11305 of replacing the current filters.
11306
11307 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11308 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11309 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11310 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11311 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11312 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11313 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11314 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11315 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11316
11317 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11318 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11319 Default sorting modes are:
11320 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11321 Name - the name of the buffer
11322 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11323 Size - the size of the buffer
11324
11325 \(fn)" t nil)
11326
11327 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11328 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11329
11330 \(fn)" t nil)
11331 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11332 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11333 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11334 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11335
11336 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11337 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11338
11339 \(fn)" t nil)
11340
11341 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11342 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11343 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11344 for this ibuffer session.
11345
11346 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11347
11348 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11349 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11350 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11351 for this ibuffer session.
11352
11353 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11354
11355 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11356 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11357
11358 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11359 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11360
11361 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11362 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11363
11364 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11365
11366 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11367 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11368
11369 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11370 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11371
11372 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11373
11374 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11375 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11376
11377 \(fn)" t nil)
11378
11379 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11380 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11381
11382 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11383
11384 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11385 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11386 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11387
11388 \(fn)" t nil)
11389
11390 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11391 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11392 The names are separated by a space.
11393 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11394 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file.
11395
11396 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y.
11397
11398 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the
11399 `dired-copy-filename-as-kill' in \"dired-x\". ]
11400
11401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11402
11403 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11404 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11405
11406 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11407
11408 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11409 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11410
11411 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11412
11413 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11414 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11415
11416 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11417
11418 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11419 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11420
11421 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11422
11423 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11424 Mark all modified buffers.
11425
11426 \(fn)" t nil)
11427
11428 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11429 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11430
11431 \(fn)" t nil)
11432
11433 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11434 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11435
11436 \(fn)" t nil)
11437
11438 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11439 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11440
11441 \(fn)" t nil)
11442
11443 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11444 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11445
11446 \(fn)" t nil)
11447
11448 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11449 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11450
11451 \(fn)" t nil)
11452
11453 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11454 Mark all read-only buffers.
11455
11456 \(fn)" t nil)
11457
11458 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11459 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11460
11461 \(fn)" t nil)
11462
11463 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11464 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11465 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11466 defaults to one.
11467
11468 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11469
11470 ;;;***
11471 \f
11472 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11473 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15771
11474 ;;;;;; 50616))
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11476
11477 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11478 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11479
11480 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11481 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11482 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11483
11484 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11485 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11486 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11487 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11488 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11489 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11490
11491 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11492 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11493 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11494 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11495 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11496
11497 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11498
11499 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11500 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11501 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11502 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11503 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11504
11505 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11506 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11507 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11508
11509 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11510
11511 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11512 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11513 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11514 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11515 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11516 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11517
11518 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11519 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11520 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11521 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11522 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11523 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11524 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11525 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11526 values are:
11527 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11528 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11529 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11530 buffer's modification flag.
11531 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11532 prompted before performing this operation.
11533 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11534 operation is complete, in the form:
11535 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11536 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11537 confirmation message, in the form:
11538 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11539 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11540 macro for exactly what it does.
11541
11542 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11543
11544 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11545 Define a filter named NAME.
11546 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11547 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11548 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11549
11550 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11551 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11552 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11553 bound to the current value of the filter.
11554
11555 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11556
11557 ;;;***
11558 \f
11559 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11560 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15861 11075))
11561 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11562
11563 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11564 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11565 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11566 buffers which are visiting a file.
11567
11568 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11569
11570 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11571 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11572 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11573 buffers which are visiting a file.
11574
11575 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11576
11577 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11578 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11579 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11580
11581 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11582 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11583 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
11584 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11585 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11586 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11587 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11588 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11589 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11590 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11591 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11592 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11593 locally in this buffer.
11594
11595 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11596
11597 ;;;***
11598 \f
11599 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11600 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15483 45647))
11601 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11602
11603 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11604 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11605 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11606
11607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11608
11609 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11610 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11611 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11612
11613 \(fn)" nil nil)
11614
11615 ;;;***
11616 \f
11617 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14851 17580))
11618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11619
11620 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11621 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11622 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11623 Tab indents for Icon code.
11624 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11625 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11626 \\{icon-mode-map}
11627 Variables controlling indentation style:
11628 icon-tab-always-indent
11629 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11630 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11631 icon-auto-newline
11632 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11633 inserted in Icon code.
11634 icon-indent-level
11635 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11636 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11637 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11638 icon-continued-statement-offset
11639 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11640 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11641 icon-continued-brace-offset
11642 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11643 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11644 icon-brace-offset
11645 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11646 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11647 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11648 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11649
11650 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11651 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11652
11653 \(fn)" t nil)
11654
11655 ;;;***
11656 \f
11657 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11658 ;;;;;; (15790 55821))
11659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11660
11661 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11662 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11663 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11664 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11665
11666 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11667 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11668 separate frames.
11669
11670 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11671 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11672
11673 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11674 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11675 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11676
11677 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11678
11679 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11680
11681 ;;;***
11682 \f
11683 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11684 ;;;;;; (15791 49779))
11685 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11686
11687 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11688 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11689
11690 The main features of this mode are
11691
11692 1. Indentation and Formatting
11693 --------------------------
11694 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11695 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11696
11697 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11698 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11699 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11700 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11701
11702 Comments are indented as follows:
11703
11704 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11705 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11706 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11707
11708 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11709
11710 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11711 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11712 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11713 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11714 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11715 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11716 recommended).
11717
11718 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11719 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11720 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11721 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11722
11723 2. Routine Info
11724 ------------
11725 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11726 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11727 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11728 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11729 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11730 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11731 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11732 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11733
11734 3. Online IDL Help
11735 ---------------
11736 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11737 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11738 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11739 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11740 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11741
11742 4. Completion
11743 ----------
11744 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11745 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11746 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11747 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11748 mixed or upper case.
11749
11750 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11751 --------------------------------
11752 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11753 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11754
11755 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11756 \\fu FUNCTION template
11757 \\c CASE statement template
11758 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11759 \\f FOR loop template
11760 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11761 \\w WHILE loop template
11762 \\i IF statement template
11763 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11764 \\b BEGIN
11765
11766 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11767 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11768
11769 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11770 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11771 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11772
11773 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11774 -------------------------
11775 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11776 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11777
11778 7. Automatic END completion
11779 ------------------------
11780 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11781 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11782
11783 8. Hooks
11784 -----
11785 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11786 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11787
11788 9. Documentation and Customization
11789 -------------------------------
11790 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11791 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11792 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11793 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11794 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11795
11796 10.Keybindings
11797 -----------
11798 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11799 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11800 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11801
11802 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11803
11804 \(fn)" t nil)
11805
11806 ;;;***
11807 \f
11808 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11809 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11810 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11811 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11812 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11813 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11814 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11815 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15869 49553))
11816 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11817
11818 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11819 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11820 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11821 - 'buffer: Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11822 displaying...)
11823 - 'file: Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11824 - 'both: Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11825 - nil: Turn off any ido switching.
11826
11827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11828 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11829
11830 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11831
11832 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11833 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11834 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11835 If second argument NOBIND is non-nil, no keys are rebound; otherwise,
11836 turning on ido-mode will modify the default keybindings for the
11837 find-file and switch-to-buffer families of commands to the ido
11838 versions of these functions.
11839 However, if second arg equals 'files, bind only for files, or if it
11840 equals 'buffers, bind only for buffers.
11841 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11842
11843 \(fn &optional ARG NOBIND)" t nil)
11844
11845 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11846 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11847 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11848 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11849 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11850 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11851 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11852
11853 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11854
11855 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
11856 Switch to another buffer.
11857 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
11858 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
11859 in another frame.
11860
11861 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
11862 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
11863 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
11864 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
11865 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11866
11867 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
11868 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
11869
11870 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
11871 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
11872
11873 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11874 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11875 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11876 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
11877 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
11878 in a separate window.
11879 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
11880 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11881 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11882 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11883 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
11884 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
11885 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
11886 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
11887 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
11888
11889 \(fn)" t nil)
11890
11891 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
11892 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
11893 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11894 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11895
11896 \(fn)" t nil)
11897
11898 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
11899 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
11900 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11901 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11902
11903 \(fn)" t nil)
11904
11905 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
11906 Kill a buffer.
11907 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11908 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11909
11910 \(fn)" t nil)
11911
11912 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
11913 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
11914 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11915 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11916
11917 \(fn)" t nil)
11918
11919 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
11920 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
11921 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11922 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11923
11924 \(fn)" t nil)
11925
11926 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
11927 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
11928
11929 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11930
11931 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
11932 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
11933 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
11934 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
11935 visible in another frame.
11936
11937 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
11938 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
11939 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
11940 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
11941 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
11942 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11943
11944 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
11945 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
11946
11947 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
11948 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
11949
11950 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11951 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11952 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11953 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
11954 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
11955 in a separate window.
11956 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including path).
11957 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
11958 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
11959 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
11960 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
11961 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
11962 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
11963 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11964 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11965 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11966 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
11967 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
11968 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
11969 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
11970 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
11971
11972 \(fn)" t nil)
11973
11974 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
11975 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
11976 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11977 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11978
11979 \(fn)" t nil)
11980
11981 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
11982 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
11983 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11984 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11985
11986 \(fn)" t nil)
11987
11988 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
11989 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
11990 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11991 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11992
11993 \(fn)" t nil)
11994
11995 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
11996 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
11997 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11998 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11999
12000 \(fn)" t nil)
12001
12002 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
12003 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
12004 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12005 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12006
12007 \(fn)" t nil)
12008
12009 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
12010 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
12011 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12012 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12013
12014 \(fn)" t nil)
12015
12016 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
12017 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
12018 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12019 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12020
12021 \(fn)" t nil)
12022
12023 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
12024 Write current buffer to a file.
12025 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12026 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12027
12028 \(fn)" t nil)
12029
12030 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
12031 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
12032 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12033 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12034
12035 \(fn)" t nil)
12036
12037 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
12038 Call dired the ido way.
12039 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12040 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12041
12042 \(fn)" t nil)
12043
12044 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
12045 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12046 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12047
12048 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
12049
12050 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
12051 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12052 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12053
12054 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12055
12056 ;;;***
12057 \f
12058 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15796 33901))
12059 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
12060 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
12061
12062 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
12063 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
12064 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
12065
12066 \(fn)" t nil)
12067
12068 ;;;***
12069 \f
12070 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
12071 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
12072 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15812 57253))
12073 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
12074
12075 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
12076 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
12077 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
12078 be determined.
12079
12080 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
12081
12082 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
12083 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
12084 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
12085 be determined.
12086
12087 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12088
12089 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
12090 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
12091 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
12092
12093 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
12094
12095 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
12096 Create an image.
12097 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
12098 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
12099 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
12100 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
12101 use its file extension as image type.
12102 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
12103 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
12104 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
12105 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
12106
12107 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
12108
12109 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
12110 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
12111 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
12112 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
12113 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
12114 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
12115 POS may be an integer or marker.
12116 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12117 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12118 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12119 means display it in the right marginal area.
12120
12121 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12122
12123 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
12124 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
12125 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
12126 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
12127 defaulted if you omit it.
12128 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12129 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12130 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12131 means display it in the right marginal area.
12132
12133 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12134
12135 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
12136 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
12137 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
12138 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
12139
12140 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12141
12142 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
12143 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
12144
12145 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
12146
12147 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12148 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12149 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12150 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12151 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12152 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
12153 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
12154 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
12155 satisfied.
12156
12157 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
12158
12159 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
12160
12161 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
12162 Define SYMBOL as an image.
12163
12164 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
12165 documentation string.
12166
12167 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12168 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12169 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12170 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12171 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12172 string containing the actual image data. The first image
12173 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12174 define SYMBOL.
12175
12176 Example:
12177
12178 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12179 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12180
12181 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12182
12183 ;;;***
12184 \f
12185 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12186 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12187 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15786 7485))
12188 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12189
12190 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12191 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12192 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12193 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12194
12195 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12196 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12197 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12198 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12199
12200 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12201
12202 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12203 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12204 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12205 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12206
12207 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12208 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12209 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12210 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12211
12212 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12213
12214 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12215 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12216
12217 \(fn)" nil nil)
12218
12219 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12220 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12221 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12222 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12223
12224 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12225
12226 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12227 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12228 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12229 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12230 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12231
12232 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12233
12234 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12235 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12236 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12237 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12238
12239 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12240 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12241 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12242
12243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12244
12245 ;;;***
12246 \f
12247 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12248 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15714 42969))
12249 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12250
12251 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12252 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12253
12254 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12255
12256 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12257 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12258 in the buffer.
12259
12260 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12261
12262 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12263 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12264 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12265
12266 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12267
12268 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12269 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12270
12271 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12272 to create a buffer index.
12273
12274 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12275 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12276 or like this:
12277 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12278 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12279 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12280 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12281 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12282
12283 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12284 entries are not nested.
12285
12286 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12287 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12288 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12289 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12290
12291 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12292 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12293
12294 The variable is buffer-local.
12295
12296 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12297 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12298 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12299
12300 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12301 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12302 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12303 during matching.")
12304
12305 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12306
12307 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12308 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12309
12310 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12311 of the current buffer as an alist.
12312
12313 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12314 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12315 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12316 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12317 if it is a sub-alist.
12318
12319 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12320
12321 The variable is buffer-local.")
12322
12323 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12324
12325 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12326 Function for finding the next index position.
12327
12328 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12329 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12330 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12331 file.
12332
12333 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12334 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12335
12336 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12337
12338 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12339
12340 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12341 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12342
12343 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12344 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12345 It should return the name for that index item.
12346
12347 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12348
12349 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12350
12351 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12352 Function to compare string with index item.
12353
12354 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12355 non-nil if they match.
12356
12357 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12358 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12359 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12360 arguments match\".
12361
12362 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12363
12364 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12365
12366 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12367 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12368 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12369
12370 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12371
12372 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12373
12374 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12375
12376 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12377 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12378 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12379 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12380
12381 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12382
12383 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12384 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12385
12386 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12387
12388 \(fn)" t nil)
12389
12390 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12391 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12392 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12393 for more information.
12394
12395 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12396
12397 ;;;***
12398 \f
12399 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12400 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12401 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15656 44038))
12402 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12403
12404 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12405 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12406
12407 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12408
12409 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12410 Not documented
12411
12412 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12413
12414 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12415 Not documented
12416
12417 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12418
12419 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12420 Not documented
12421
12422 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12423
12424 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12425 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12426 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12427 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12428 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12429
12430 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12431
12432 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12433 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12434 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12435 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12436 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12437
12438 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12439
12440 ;;;***
12441 \f
12442 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12443 ;;;;;; (15650 57540))
12444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12445
12446 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12447 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12448 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12449 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12450 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12451
12452 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12453 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12454
12455 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12456 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12457 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12458 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12459 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12460 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12461 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12462 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12463
12464 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12465 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12466 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12467 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12468 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12469
12470 This variable is only used if the variable
12471 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12472
12473 More precise choices:
12474 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12475 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12476 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
12477
12478 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12479
12480 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12481 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12482
12483 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12484 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12485 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12486 to that buffer.
12487 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12488 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12489 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12490 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12491
12492 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
12493 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12494
12495 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12496
12497 ;;;***
12498 \f
12499 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12500 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
12501 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12502 ;;;;;; (15883 53820))
12503 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12504
12505 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12506 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12507
12508 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12509 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12510
12511 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12512 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12513 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12514 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12515 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12516 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12517
12518 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12519 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12520
12521 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12522 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12523 in all the directories in that path.
12524
12525 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12526
12527 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12528 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12529
12530 \(fn)" t nil)
12531
12532 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12533 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12534 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12535 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12536
12537 \(fn)" nil nil)
12538
12539 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12540 Go to the Info directory node.
12541
12542 \(fn)" t nil)
12543
12544 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12545 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12546 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12547 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12548 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12549
12550 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12551
12552 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12553 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12554 KEY is a string.
12555 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12556 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12557 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12558 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12559
12560 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12561
12562 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12563 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12564 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12565
12566 \(fn)" t nil)
12567
12568 ;;;***
12569 \f
12570 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12571 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12572 ;;;;;; (15887 19001))
12573 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12574
12575 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12576 Throw away all cached data.
12577 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12578 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12579 system.
12580
12581 \(fn)" t nil)
12582
12583 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12584 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12585 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12586 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12587 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12588 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12589
12590 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12591
12592 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12593
12594 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12595 Display the documentation of a file.
12596 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12597 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12598 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12599 The default file name is the one found at point.
12600
12601 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12602
12603 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12604
12605 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12606 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12607
12608 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12609
12610 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12611 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12612
12613 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12614
12615 ;;;***
12616 \f
12617 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12618 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15185 49574))
12619 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12620
12621 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12622 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12623
12624 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12625
12626 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12627 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12628 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12629
12630 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12631 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12632 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12633
12634 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12635 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12636 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12637 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12638
12639 \(fn)" t nil)
12640
12641 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12642 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12643 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12644
12645 \(fn)" t nil)
12646
12647 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12648 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12649 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12650 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12651 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12652
12653 \(fn)" nil nil)
12654
12655 ;;;***
12656 \f
12657 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12658 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12659 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
12660 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12661
12662 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12663 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12664
12665 \(fn)" t nil)
12666
12667 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12668 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12669
12670 \(fn)" t nil)
12671
12672 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12673 Not documented
12674
12675 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12676
12677 ;;;***
12678 \f
12679 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12680 ;;;;;; (15634 63561))
12681 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12682
12683 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12684 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12685 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12686 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12687 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12688 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12689
12690 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12691 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12692
12693 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12694 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12695 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12696 \"s gives German sharp s.
12697 /a gives a with ring.
12698 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12699 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12700 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12701 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12702
12703 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12704 and a negative argument disables it.
12705
12706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12707
12708 ;;;***
12709 \f
12710 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12711 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12712 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12713 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15186 56483))
12714 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12715
12716 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12717 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12718 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12719 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12720
12721 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12722
12723 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12724 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12725 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12726 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12727
12728 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12729
12730 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12731 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12732 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12733 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12734
12735 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12736
12737 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12738 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12739 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12740 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12741
12742 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12743
12744 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12745 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12746 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12747 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12748
12749 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12750
12751 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12752 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12753 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12754 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12755
12756 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12757
12758 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12759 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12760 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12761 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12762
12763 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12764
12765 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12766 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12767 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12768 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12769
12770 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12771
12772 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12773 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12774 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12775 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12776
12777 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12778
12779 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12780 Warn that format is read-only.
12781
12782 \(fn)" t nil)
12783
12784 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12785 Warn that format is write-only.
12786
12787 \(fn)" t nil)
12788
12789 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12790 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12791
12792 \(fn)" t nil)
12793
12794 ;;;***
12795 \f
12796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12797 ;;;;;; (15404 61941))
12798 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12799 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12800 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12801 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12802
12803 ;;;***
12804 \f
12805 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12806 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12807 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12808 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12809 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12810 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15898 7843))
12811 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12812
12813 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
12814 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
12815
12816 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12817 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12818 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12819 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12820
12821 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12822
12823 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12824 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12825 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
12826
12827 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12828
12829 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12830
12831 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
12832
12833 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
12834
12835 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
12836
12837 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
12838
12839 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
12840
12841 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
12842 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
12843
12844 Each element of this list is also a list:
12845
12846 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
12847 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
12848
12849 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
12850 nil means the default dictionary.
12851
12852 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
12853 word.
12854
12855 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
12856
12857 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
12858 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
12859 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
12860 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
12861 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
12862 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
12863 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
12864 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
12865 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
12866
12867 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
12868 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
12869 single word.
12870
12871 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
12872 subprocess.
12873
12874 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
12875 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
12876 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
12877 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
12878 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
12879 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
12880 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
12881 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
12882
12883 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
12884
12885 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
12886 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
12887 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
12888
12889 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12890
12891 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
12892 Key map for ispell menu.")
12893
12894 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
12895 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
12896 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
12897 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
12898
12899 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
12900
12901 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dir (if (boundp (quote ispell-library-directory)) ispell-library-directory)) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries")) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (dolist (dict dicts) (setq name (car dict) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 dict))))) (unless (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default")))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (dict dicts) (setq name (car dict) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 dict))))) (cond ((not (stringp name))) ((or (not dir) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))))
12902
12903 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
12904
12905 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
12906
12907 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
12908
12909 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
12910 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
12911 The alist key must be a regular expression.
12912 Valid forms include:
12913 (KEY) - just skip the key.
12914 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
12915 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
12916 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
12917
12918 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
12919 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
12920 First list is used raw.
12921 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
12922
12923 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
12924 for skipping in latex mode.")
12925
12926 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
12927
12928 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
12929 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
12930 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
12931 in a window allowing you to choose one.
12932
12933 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
12934 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
12935 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
12936 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
12937 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
12938
12939 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
12940 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
12941
12942 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
12943
12944 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
12945 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
12946
12947 return values:
12948 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
12949 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
12950 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
12951 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
12952 quit spell session exited.
12953
12954 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
12955
12956 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
12957 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
12958 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
12959
12960 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
12961
12962 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
12963 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
12964
12965 Selections are:
12966
12967 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
12968 SPC: Accept word this time.
12969 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
12970 `a': Accept word for this session.
12971 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
12972 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
12973 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
12974 `?': Show these commands.
12975 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
12976 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
12977 the aborted check to be completed later.
12978 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
12979 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
12980 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
12981 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
12982 `C-l': redraws screen
12983 `C-r': recursive edit
12984 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
12985
12986 \(fn)" nil nil)
12987
12988 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
12989 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
12990 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
12991
12992 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
12993
12994 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
12995 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
12996 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
12997
12998 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
12999
13000 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
13001
13002 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
13003
13004 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
13005 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
13006 Return nil if spell session is quit,
13007 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
13008
13009 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
13010
13011 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
13012 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
13013
13014 \(fn)" t nil)
13015
13016 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
13017 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
13018
13019 \(fn)" t nil)
13020
13021 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
13022 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
13023
13024 \(fn)" t nil)
13025
13026 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
13027 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
13028 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
13029 sequence inside of a word.
13030
13031 Standard ispell choices are then available.
13032
13033 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
13034
13035 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
13036 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
13037
13038 \(fn)" t nil)
13039
13040 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
13041 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
13042 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
13043 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
13044
13045 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
13046 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
13047 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
13048 available on the net.
13049
13050 \(fn)" t nil)
13051
13052 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
13053 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
13054 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
13055
13056 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
13057 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
13058
13059 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
13060 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
13061
13062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13063
13064 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
13065 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
13066 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
13067 Don't check included messages.
13068
13069 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
13070 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
13071 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
13072
13073 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
13074 in your .emacs file:
13075 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
13076 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
13077 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
13078 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
13079
13080 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
13081 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
13082 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
13083
13084 \(fn)" t nil)
13085
13086 ;;;***
13087 \f
13088 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
13089 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
13090 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15763 11491))
13091 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
13092
13093 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13094 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13095 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13096 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13097 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13098 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13099
13100 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13101
13102 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
13103 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
13104 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
13105 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13106
13107 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
13108
13109 \(fn)" t nil)
13110
13111 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13112 Switch to another buffer.
13113
13114 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
13115 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
13116 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13117 in another frame.
13118 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13119
13120 \(fn)" t nil)
13121
13122 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
13123 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13124 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13125 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13126
13127 \(fn)" t nil)
13128
13129 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13130 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13131 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13132 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13133
13134 \(fn)" t nil)
13135
13136 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
13137 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13138 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13139 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13140
13141 \(fn)" t nil)
13142
13143 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
13144 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
13145 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13147 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13148
13149 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13150
13151 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13152 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13153 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13154 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13155 `iswitchb' for details.
13156
13157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13158
13159 ;;;***
13160 \f
13161 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13162 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13163 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13164 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15185 62673))
13165 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13166
13167 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13168 Not documented
13169
13170 \(fn)" nil nil)
13171
13172 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13173 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13174 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13175 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13176 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13177 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13178 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13179 necessary to represent OBJ.
13180
13181 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13182
13183 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13184 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13185 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13186 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13187
13188 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13189
13190 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13191 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13192 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13193 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13194 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13195
13196 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13197
13198 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13199 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13200 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13201 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13202
13203 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13204
13205 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13206 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13207 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13208 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13209
13210 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13211
13212 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13213 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13214
13215 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13216
13217 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13218 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13219 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13220 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13221 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13222
13223 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13224
13225 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13226 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13227 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13228 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13229 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13230
13231 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13232
13233 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13234 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13235 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13236
13237 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13238
13239 ;;;***
13240 \f
13241 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15769
13242 ;;;;;; 54098))
13243 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13244
13245 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13246 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13247 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13248 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13249 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13250
13251 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13252
13253 ;;;***
13254 \f
13255 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13256 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15730 5486))
13257 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13258
13259 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13260 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13261 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13262 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13263 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13264
13265 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13266
13267 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13268 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13269 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13270 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13271
13272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13273
13274 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13275 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13276
13277 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13278
13279 ;;;***
13280 \f
13281 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13282 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13283 ;;;;;; (15747 41455))
13284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13285
13286 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13287 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13288 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13289 decimal key must be specified.")
13290
13291 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13292
13293 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13294 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13295 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13296 decimal key must be specified.")
13297
13298 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13299
13300 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13301 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13302 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13303 decimal key must be specified.")
13304
13305 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13306
13307 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13308 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13309 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13310 decimal key must be specified.")
13311
13312 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13313
13314 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13315 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13316 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13317 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13318 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13319 keys are bound.
13320
13321 Setup Binding
13322 -------------------------------------------------------------
13323 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13324 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13325 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13326 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13327 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13328 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13329 in the global and local keymaps.
13330
13331 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13332 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13333
13334 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13335
13336 ;;;***
13337 \f
13338 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13339 ;;;;;; (15185 62673))
13340 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13341
13342 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13343 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13344 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13345
13346 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13347 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13348 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13349 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13350 shorter.
13351
13352 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13353 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13354 the context of text formatting.
13355
13356 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13357
13358 ;;;***
13359 \f
13360 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15185
13361 ;;;;;; 62673))
13362 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13363
13364 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13365 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13366 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13367 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13368 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13369 positions that contains the current selection.")
13370
13371 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13372 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13373 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13374 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13375 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13376 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13377 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13378
13379 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13380
13381 ;;;***
13382 \f
13383 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13384 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13385 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13386 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (15755 34618))
13387 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13388 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13389 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13390 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13391 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13392 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13393 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13394 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13395
13396 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13397 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13398 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13399 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13400 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13401 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13402 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13403
13404 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13405 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13406 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13407
13408 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13409 defining the macro.
13410
13411 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13412 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13413 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13414
13415 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13416
13417 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13418 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13419 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13420 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13421 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13422 under that name.
13423
13424 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13425 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13426 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13427
13428 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13429
13430 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13431 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13432 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13433
13434 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13435 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13436 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13437 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13438
13439 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13440 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13441
13442 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13443
13444 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13445 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13446 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13447
13448 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13449 macro.
13450
13451 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13452 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13453
13454 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13455 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13456 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13457
13458 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13459 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13460
13461 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13462
13463 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13464 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13465 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13466 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13467
13468 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13469
13470 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13471 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13472 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13473
13474 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13475
13476 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13477 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13478 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13479
13480 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13481
13482 ;;;***
13483 \f
13484 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13485 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15185 62673))
13486 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13487
13488 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13489 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13490 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13491
13492 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13493 Not documented
13494
13495 \(fn)" nil nil)
13496
13497 ;;;***
13498 \f
13499 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13500 ;;;;;; (15354 48719))
13501 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13502
13503 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13504
13505 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13506 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13507
13508 \(fn)" t nil)
13509
13510 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13511
13512 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13513 Start or resume an Lm game.
13514 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13515 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13516
13517 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13518 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13519 none / 1 | yes | no
13520 2 | yes | yes
13521 3 | no | yes
13522 4 | no | no
13523
13524 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13525 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13526 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13527
13528 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
13529
13530 ;;;***
13531 \f
13532 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13533 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13534 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15805
13535 ;;;;;; 19693))
13536 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13537
13538 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13539 Not documented
13540
13541 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13542
13543 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13544 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13545 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13546 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13547 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13548 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13549
13550 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13551 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13552
13553 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13554
13555 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13556 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13557
13558 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13559
13560 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13561 Not documented
13562
13563 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13564
13565 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13566 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13567 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13568 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13569 to compose.
13570
13571 The return value is number of composed characters.
13572
13573 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13574
13575 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13576 Not documented
13577
13578 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13579
13580 ;;;***
13581 \f
13582 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13583 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15377 1423))
13584 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13585
13586 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13587 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13588 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13589 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13590 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13591 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13592 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13593 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13594
13595 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13596 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13597
13598 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13599 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13600
13601 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13602
13603 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13604 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13605 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13606 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13607 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13608 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13609 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13610 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13611
13612 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13613
13614 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13615 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13616 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
13617 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13618
13619 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13620 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13621
13622 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13623
13624 ;;;***
13625 \f
13626 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13627 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15509 27929))
13628 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13629
13630 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13631 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13632 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13633 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13634
13635 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13636
13637 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13638 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13639 JIT Lock's favor.
13640
13641 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13642
13643 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13644 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13645 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13646 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13647 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13648 for large buffers.
13649
13650 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13651 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13652 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13653 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13654 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13655
13656 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13657 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13658 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13659 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13660 slow to keep up with your typing.
13661
13662 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13663 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13664 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13665 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13666 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13667 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13668
13669 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13670 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13671 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13672 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13673
13674 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13675 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13676 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13677 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13678
13679 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13680 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13681 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13682 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13683 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13684
13685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13686
13687 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13688 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13689
13690 \(fn)" nil nil)
13691
13692 ;;;***
13693 \f
13694 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13695 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
13696 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13697
13698 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13699 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13700
13701 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13702 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13703
13704 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13705 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13706
13707 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13708 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13709 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13710 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13711 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13712 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13713 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13714 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13715 and transmit saved text.
13716 \\{ledit-mode-map}
13717 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13718 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13719
13720 \(fn)" t nil)
13721
13722 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13723 Not documented
13724
13725 \(fn)" nil nil)
13726
13727 ;;;***
13728 \f
13729 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15020 64776))
13730 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13731
13732 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13733 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13734 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13735 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13736 generations (this defaults to 1).
13737
13738 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13739
13740 ;;;***
13741 \f
13742 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15766
13743 ;;;;;; 29876))
13744 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13745
13746 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13747 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13748 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13749 is nil, raise an error.
13750
13751 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13752
13753 ;;;***
13754 \f
13755 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13756 ;;;;;; (15400 23926))
13757 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13758
13759 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13760 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13761 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13762
13763 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13764
13765 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13766 Run the locate command with a filter.
13767
13768 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13769 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13770
13771 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13772
13773 ;;;***
13774 \f
13775 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15326 11642))
13776 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
13777
13778 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
13779 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
13780 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
13781 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
13782 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
13783 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
13784 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
13785 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
13786 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
13787 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
13788 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
13789 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
13790 uses the current buffer.
13791
13792 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
13793
13794 ;;;***
13795 \f
13796 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15408
13797 ;;;;;; 51653))
13798 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
13799
13800 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
13801 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
13802
13803 ;;;***
13804 \f
13805 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
13806 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15594
13807 ;;;;;; 61952))
13808 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
13809
13810 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
13811
13812 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
13813
13814 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
13815 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
13816 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
13817
13818 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
13819 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
13820
13821 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
13822 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
13823 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
13824 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
13825 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
13826 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
13827 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
13828
13829 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
13830
13831 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
13832 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
13833 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
13834 switch on this list.
13835 See `lpr-command'.")
13836
13837 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
13838
13839 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
13840 *Name of program for printing a file.
13841
13842 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
13843 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
13844 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
13845 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
13846 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
13847 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
13848 argument.")
13849
13850 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
13851
13852 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
13853 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
13854 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13855 for customization of the printer command.
13856
13857 \(fn)" t nil)
13858
13859 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
13860 Paginate and print buffer contents.
13861
13862 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13863 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13864 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13865 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13866
13867 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13868 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13869
13870 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13871 for further customization of the printer command.
13872
13873 \(fn)" t nil)
13874
13875 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
13876 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
13877 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13878 for customization of the printer command.
13879
13880 \(fn START END)" t nil)
13881
13882 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
13883 Paginate and print the region contents.
13884
13885 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13886 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13887 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13888 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13889
13890 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13891 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13892
13893 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13894 for further customization of the printer command.
13895
13896 \(fn START END)" t nil)
13897
13898 ;;;***
13899 \f
13900 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15676
13901 ;;;;;; 9507))
13902 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
13903
13904 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
13905 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
13906 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13907
13908 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13909
13910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13911
13912 ;;;***
13913 \f
13914 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15765
13915 ;;;;;; 3930))
13916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
13917
13918 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
13919 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
13920 \\{m4-mode-map}
13921
13922 \(fn)" t nil)
13923
13924 ;;;***
13925 \f
13926 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
13927 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15741 9308))
13928 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
13929
13930 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
13931 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
13932 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
13933 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
13934 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
13935
13936 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
13937
13938 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
13939 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
13940 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
13941 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
13942
13943 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
13944 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
13945 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
13946 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
13947 bindings.
13948
13949 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
13950 use this command, and then save the file.
13951
13952 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
13953
13954 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
13955 Query user during kbd macro execution.
13956 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
13957 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
13958 each time the macro executes.
13959 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
13960 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
13961 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
13962 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
13963 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
13964 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
13965 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
13966
13967 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
13968
13969 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
13970 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
13971 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
13972
13973 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
13974 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
13975 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
13976 execute.
13977
13978 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
13979 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
13980
13981 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
13982 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
13983 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
13984 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
13985 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
13986
13987 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
13988 looked like this:
13989
13990 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
13991 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
13992 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
13993
13994 You could enter the names in this format:
13995
13996 foo
13997 bar
13998 baz
13999
14000 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
14001
14002 \\C-x (
14003 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
14004 \\C-x )
14005
14006 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
14007 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
14008
14009 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
14010 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
14011
14012 ;;;***
14013 \f
14014 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
14015 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15791 51943))
14016 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
14017
14018 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
14019 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
14020 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
14021 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
14022 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
14023
14024 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
14025 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
14026 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
14027 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
14028 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
14029
14030 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
14031 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
14032 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
14033 consing a string.)
14034
14035 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
14036
14037 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
14038 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
14039
14040 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
14041
14042 ;;;***
14043 \f
14044 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
14045 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
14046 ;;;;;; (15763 38398))
14047 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
14048
14049 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
14050 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
14051
14052 \(fn)" nil nil)
14053
14054 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
14055 Not documented
14056
14057 \(fn)" nil nil)
14058
14059 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
14060 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
14061
14062 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
14063
14064 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
14065 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
14066 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
14067 message.
14068
14069 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
14070
14071 \(fn)" nil nil)
14072
14073 ;;;***
14074 \f
14075 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
14076 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
14077 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15512
14078 ;;;;;; 17296))
14079 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
14080
14081 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
14082 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
14083 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
14084 often correct parser.")
14085
14086 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
14087
14088 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
14089 Not documented
14090
14091 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14092
14093 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14094 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
14095 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14096 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14097
14098 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14099
14100 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14101 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
14102 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14103 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14104
14105 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14106
14107 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
14108 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
14109 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14110 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14111
14112 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
14113
14114 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
14115 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
14116 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
14117 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
14118 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
14119 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
14120
14121 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
14122
14123 ;;;***
14124 \f
14125 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
14126 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15756 53831))
14127 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
14128
14129 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
14130 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
14131
14132 \(fn)" nil nil)
14133
14134 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
14135 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
14136 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
14137
14138 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14139
14140 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14141 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14142 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14143
14144 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14145
14146 ;;;***
14147 \f
14148 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14149 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15303
14150 ;;;;;; 63149))
14151 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14152
14153 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14154 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14155 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14156 king@grassland.com
14157 If `parens', they look like:
14158 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14159 If `angles', they look like:
14160 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14161
14162 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14163
14164 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14165 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14166 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14167 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14168 their `Resent-' variants.
14169
14170 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14171 removed from alias expansions.
14172
14173 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14174
14175 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14176 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14177 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14178
14179 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14180 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14181 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14182 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14183
14184 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14185
14186 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14187 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14188 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14189 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14190
14191 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14192
14193 ;;;***
14194 \f
14195 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14196 ;;;;;; (15884 63907))
14197 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14198
14199 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14200 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14201 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14202
14203 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14204
14205 In the browser, use the following keys:
14206
14207 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14208
14209 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14210
14211 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14212 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14213
14214 `makefile-target-colon':
14215 The string that gets appended to all target names
14216 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14217 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14218
14219 `makefile-macro-assign':
14220 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14221 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14222 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14223 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14224 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14225 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14226
14227 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14228 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14229 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14230
14231 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14232 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14233
14234 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14235 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14236 up or down in the browser.
14237
14238 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14239 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14240
14241 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14242 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14243
14244 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14245 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14246 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14247 has been selected in the browser.
14248
14249 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14250 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14251 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14252 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14253 filenames are omitted.
14254
14255 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14256 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14257 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14258 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14259 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14260 the backslash itself intact.
14261 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14262 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14263
14264 `makefile-browser-hook':
14265 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14266 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14267
14268 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14269 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14270 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14271 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14272
14273 \(fn)" t nil)
14274
14275 ;;;***
14276 \f
14277 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
14278 ;;;;;; 28917))
14279 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14280
14281 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14282 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14283 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14284
14285 \(fn)" t nil)
14286
14287 ;;;***
14288 \f
14289 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15876 52549))
14290 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14291
14292 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14293
14294 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14295 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14296 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14297 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14298 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14299 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14300 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14301
14302 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14303 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14304 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14305 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14306
14307 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14308
14309 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14310 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14311
14312 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14313
14314 ;;;***
14315 \f
14316 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15400 24164))
14317 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14318
14319 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14320 Toggle Master mode.
14321 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14322 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14323 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14324
14325 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14326 following commands:
14327
14328 \\{master-mode-map}
14329
14330 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14331 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14332 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14333
14334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14335
14336 ;;;***
14337 \f
14338 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14339 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14340 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14341 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14342 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14343 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14344 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14345 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14346 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14347 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15894 19683))
14348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14349
14350 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14351 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14352
14353 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14354 king@grassland.com
14355 If `parens', they look like:
14356 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14357 If `angles', they look like:
14358 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14359
14360 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14361 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14362
14363 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14364
14365 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14366 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14367
14368 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14369
14370 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14371 *Local news organization file.")
14372
14373 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14374
14375 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14376 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14377 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14378 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14379
14380 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14381 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14382 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14383
14384 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14385
14386 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14387
14388 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14389 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14390
14391 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14392
14393 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14394 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14395
14396 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14397
14398 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14399 *Function for citing an original message.
14400 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14401 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14402 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14403
14404 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14405
14406 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14407 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14408 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14409 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14410 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14411
14412 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14413
14414 (defvar message-signature t "\
14415 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14416 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14417 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14418 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14419
14420 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14421
14422 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14423 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14424 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14425 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14426
14427 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14428
14429 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14430
14431 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14432 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14433 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14434 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14435 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14436 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14437 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14438 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14439 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14440 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14441 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14442 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14443 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14444 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14445 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14446 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14447 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14448 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14449 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14450 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14451 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14452 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14453 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14454 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14455 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14456
14457 \(fn)" t nil)
14458
14459 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14460 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14461 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14462
14463 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14464
14465 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14466 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14467
14468 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14469
14470 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14471 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14472
14473 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14474
14475 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14476 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14477
14478 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14479
14480 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14481 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14482 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14483
14484 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14485
14486 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14487 Cancel an article you posted.
14488 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14489
14490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14491
14492 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14493 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14494 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14495 header line with the old Message-ID.
14496
14497 \(fn)" t nil)
14498
14499 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14500 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14501
14502 \(fn)" t nil)
14503
14504 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14505 Forward the current message via mail.
14506 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14507 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14508
14509 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14510
14511 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14512 Not documented
14513
14514 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14515
14516 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14517 Not documented
14518
14519 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14520
14521 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14522 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14523
14524 \(fn)" t nil)
14525
14526 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14527 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14528
14529 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14530
14531 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14532 Re-mail the current message.
14533 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14534 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14535 you.
14536
14537 \(fn)" t nil)
14538
14539 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14540 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14541
14542 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14543
14544 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14545 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14546
14547 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14548
14549 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14550 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14551
14552 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14553
14554 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14555 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14556
14557 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14558
14559 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14560 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14561 Works by overstriking characters.
14562 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14563 which specify the range to operate on.
14564
14565 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14566
14567 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14568 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14569 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14570 which specify the range to operate on.
14571
14572 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14573
14574 ;;;***
14575 \f
14576 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14577 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
14578 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14579
14580 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14581 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14582 Special commands:
14583 \\{meta-mode-map}
14584
14585 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14586 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14587
14588 \(fn)" t nil)
14589
14590 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14591 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14592 Special commands:
14593 \\{meta-mode-map}
14594
14595 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14596 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14597
14598 \(fn)" t nil)
14599
14600 ;;;***
14601 \f
14602 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14603 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14604 ;;;;;; (14861 58026))
14605 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14606
14607 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14608 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14609 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14610
14611 \(fn)" t nil)
14612
14613 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14614 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14615 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14616 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14617 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14618 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14619 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14620
14621 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14622
14623 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14624 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14625 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14626 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14627 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14628 means current).
14629 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14630 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14631
14632 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14633
14634 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14635 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14636 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14637 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14638 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14639 means current).
14640 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14641 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14642
14643 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14644
14645 ;;;***
14646 \f
14647 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14648 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15847
14649 ;;;;;; 44728))
14650 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
14651
14652 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14653 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14654 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14655 to the MH mail system.
14656
14657 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14658
14659 \(fn)" t nil)
14660
14661 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14662 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14663 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14664 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14665 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14666 that want to create a mail buffer.
14667 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14668 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14669 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14670
14671 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14672
14673 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14674 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14675 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14676
14677 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14678 initial Subject field, respectively.
14679
14680 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14681 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14682 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14683
14684 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14685
14686 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14687
14688 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14689 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14690 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14691 to the MH mail system.
14692
14693 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14694
14695 \(fn)" t nil)
14696
14697 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14698 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14699
14700 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14701 using the MH mail handling system.
14702
14703 If MH MIME directives are added manually, you must first run \\[mh-edit-mhn]
14704 before sending the message. MIME directives that are added by MH-E commands
14705 such as \\[mh-mhn-compose-insertion] are processed automatically when the
14706 message is sent.
14707
14708 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14709 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14710
14711 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14712 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14713
14714 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}" t nil)
14715
14716 ;;;***
14717 \f
14718 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el"
14719 ;;;;;; (15847 44728))
14720 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
14721
14722 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14723 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14724 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14725 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14726
14727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14728
14729 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14730 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
14731 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14732 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14733
14734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14735
14736 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
14737 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
14738
14739 \(fn)" t nil)
14740
14741 ;;;***
14742 \f
14743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15847 44729))
14744 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
14745
14746 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14747
14748 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14749
14750 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14751
14752 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14753
14754 ;;;***
14755 \f
14756 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
14757 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15185 62672))
14758 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
14759
14760 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
14761 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
14762 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
14763 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
14764 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
14765 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
14766 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
14767 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
14768 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
14769 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
14770 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
14771
14772 \(fn)" t nil)
14773
14774 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
14775 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
14776 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
14777 to its second argument TM.
14778
14779 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
14780
14781 ;;;***
14782 \f
14783 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
14784 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15381 46814))
14785 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
14786
14787 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
14788 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
14789 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14791 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
14792
14793 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
14794
14795 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
14796 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
14797 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
14798 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
14799 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
14800 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
14801 default indication.
14802
14803 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14804 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14805
14806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14807
14808 ;;;***
14809 \f
14810 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
14811 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
14812 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
14813
14814 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
14815 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
14816 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
14817 the entire message.
14818 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
14819
14820 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
14821
14822 ;;;***
14823 \f
14824 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
14825 ;;;;;; (15216 151))
14826 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
14827
14828 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
14829 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
14830
14831 \(fn)" nil nil)
14832
14833 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
14834 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
14835
14836 \(fn)" nil nil)
14837
14838 ;;;***
14839 \f
14840 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
14841 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
14842 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
14843
14844 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
14845 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
14846 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
14847 followed by the first character of the construct.
14848 \\<m2-mode-map>
14849 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
14850 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
14851 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
14852 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
14853 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
14854 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
14855 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
14856 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
14857 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
14858 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
14859 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
14860 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
14861 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
14862 \\[m2-link] link
14863
14864 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
14865 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
14866 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
14867
14868 \(fn)" t nil)
14869
14870 ;;;***
14871 \f
14872 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
14873 ;;;;;; (15837 12655))
14874 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
14875
14876 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
14877 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
14878
14879 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14880
14881 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
14882 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
14883
14884 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14885
14886 ;;;***
14887 \f
14888 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15668
14889 ;;;;;; 8361))
14890 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
14891
14892 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
14893 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
14894 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14896 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
14897
14898 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
14899
14900 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
14901 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
14902 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
14903 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
14904
14905 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
14906
14907 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
14908
14909 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
14910
14911 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
14912 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
14913 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
14914 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
14915 Triple-clicking selects lines.
14916 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
14917
14918 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
14919 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
14920 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
14921 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
14922 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
14923
14924 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
14925 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
14926
14927 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
14928 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
14929
14930 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
14931
14932 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
14933 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
14934 primary selection and region.
14935
14936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14937
14938 ;;;***
14939 \f
14940 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15571 60771))
14941 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
14942
14943 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
14944 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
14945
14946 \(fn)" t nil)
14947
14948 ;;;***
14949 \f
14950 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15577 9365))
14951 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
14952
14953 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
14954 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
14955 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14956 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14957 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
14958
14959 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
14960
14961 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
14962 Toggle Msb mode.
14963 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
14964 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
14965 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
14966
14967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14968
14969 ;;;***
14970 \f
14971 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
14972 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
14973 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
14974 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
14975 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
14976 ;;;;;; (15898 7844))
14977 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
14978
14979 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
14980 Display a list of all character sets.
14981
14982 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
14983 internal Emacs use.
14984
14985 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
14986 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
14987 hexadecimal digits.
14988 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
14989 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
14990
14991 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
14992 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
14993 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
14994 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
14995
14996 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
14997 but still shows the full information.
14998
14999 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15000
15001 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
15002 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15003 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
15004 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
15005 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15006
15007 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
15008 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
15009 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
15010 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
15011 detailed meanings of these arguments.
15012
15013 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15014
15015 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
15016 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
15017 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
15018 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
15019 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15020
15021 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15022
15023 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
15024 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
15025
15026 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15027
15028 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15029 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
15030
15031 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
15032
15033 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
15034 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
15035
15036 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
15037 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
15038 in place of `..':
15039 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15040 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15041 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
15042 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
15043 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
15044 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
15045 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15046 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15047 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15048 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15049 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15050 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15051 `default-process-coding-system' for read
15052 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
15053 `default-process-coding-system' for write
15054 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
15055
15056 \(fn)" t nil)
15057
15058 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15059 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
15060
15061 \(fn)" t nil)
15062
15063 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
15064 Display a list of all coding systems.
15065 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
15066
15067 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15068 but still contains full information about each coding system.
15069
15070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15071
15072 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
15073 Display a list of all coding categories.
15074
15075 \(fn)" nil nil)
15076
15077 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
15078 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
15079
15080 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
15081
15082 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
15083 Display information about FONTSET.
15084 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
15085
15086 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
15087
15088 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
15089 Display a list of all fontsets.
15090 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15091 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15092 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15093
15094 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15095
15096 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15097 Display information about all input methods.
15098
15099 \(fn)" t nil)
15100
15101 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15102 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15103
15104 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15105 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15106 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15107 system which uses fontsets).
15108
15109 \(fn)" t nil)
15110
15111 ;;;***
15112 \f
15113 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
15114 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15115 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15116 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15117 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15118 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (15815 41144))
15119 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15120
15121 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15122 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15123 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15124
15125 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15126
15127 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15128
15129 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15130 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15131
15132 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15133 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15134
15135 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15136 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15137
15138 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15139
15140 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15141 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15142 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15143 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15144 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15145 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15146 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15147
15148 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15149 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15150 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15151 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15152 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15153 middle of a character in STR.
15154
15155 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15156 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15157
15158 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15159 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15160 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15161 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15162 defaults to \"...\".
15163
15164 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15165
15166 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15167
15168 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15169
15170 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15171 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15172
15173 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15174 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15175 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15176
15177 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15178 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15179 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15180
15181 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15182 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15183 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15184 is considered.
15185 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15186 longer than KEYSEQ.
15187 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15188
15189 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15190
15191 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15192 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15193 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15194 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15195 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15196 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15197 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15198 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15199 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15200 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15201 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15202
15203 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15204
15205 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15206 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15207
15208 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15209
15210 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15211 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15212
15213 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15214
15215 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15216 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
15217
15218 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15219
15220 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15221 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
15222
15223 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15224
15225 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15226 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15227 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15228 or one is an alias of the other.
15229
15230 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15231
15232 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15233 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15234 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15235 coding systems ordered by priority.
15236
15237 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15238
15239 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15240 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15241 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15242 language environment LANG-ENV.
15243
15244 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15245
15246 ;;;***
15247 \f
15248 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15249 ;;;;;; (15860 62074))
15250 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15251
15252 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15253 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15254 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15256 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15257
15258 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15259
15260 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15261 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15262 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15263 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15264
15265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15266
15267 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15268 Enable mouse wheel support.
15269
15270 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15271
15272 ;;;***
15273 \f
15274 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15275 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
15276 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
15277 ;;;;;; (15416 26762))
15278 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15279
15280 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15281 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15282
15283 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15284
15285 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15286 Ping HOST.
15287 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15288 `ping-program-options'.
15289
15290 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15291
15292 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15293 Run ipconfig program.
15294
15295 \(fn)" t nil)
15296
15297 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15298
15299 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15300 Run netstat program.
15301
15302 \(fn)" t nil)
15303
15304 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15305 Run the arp program.
15306
15307 \(fn)" t nil)
15308
15309 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15310 Run the route program.
15311
15312 \(fn)" t nil)
15313
15314 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15315 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15316
15317 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15318
15319 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15320 Run nslookup program.
15321
15322 \(fn)" t nil)
15323
15324 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15325 Run dig program.
15326
15327 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15328
15329 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15330 Run ftp program.
15331
15332 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15333
15334 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15335 Finger USER on HOST.
15336
15337 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15338
15339 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15340 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15341 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15342 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15343
15344 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15345
15346 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15347 Not documented
15348
15349 \(fn)" t nil)
15350
15351 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15352 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15353
15354 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15355
15356 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15357 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15358
15359 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15360
15361 ;;;***
15362 \f
15363 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15364 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15365 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15366 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15367 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (15824 18187))
15368 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15369
15370 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15371
15372 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15373
15374 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15375
15376 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15377
15378 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15379 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15380 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15381 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15382 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15383 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15384
15385 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15386
15387 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15388 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15389
15390 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15391 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15392 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15393 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15394
15395 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15396 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15397
15398 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15399 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15400 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15401
15402 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15403 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15404 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15405 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15406 column indentation or nil.
15407 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15408
15409 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15410 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15411 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15412
15413 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15414
15415 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15416 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15417 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15418 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15419
15420 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15421 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15422
15423 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15424
15425 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15426 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15427 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15428
15429 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15430
15431 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15432 Not documented
15433
15434 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15435
15436 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15437 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15438
15439 \(fn)" nil nil)
15440
15441 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15442 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15443 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15444
15445 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15446
15447 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15448 Set the comment column based on point.
15449 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15450 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15451 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15452 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15453
15454 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15455
15456 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15457 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15458 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15459
15460 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15461
15462 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15463 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15464 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15465 comment markers.
15466
15467 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15468
15469 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15470 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15471 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15472 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15473 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15474 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15475 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15476 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15477
15478 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15479 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15480
15481 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15482
15483 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15484 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15485 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15486 is passed on to the respective function.
15487
15488 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15489
15490 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15491 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15492 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15493 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15494 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15495 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15496 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15497 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15498
15499 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15500
15501 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15502 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15503 This indents the body of the continued comment
15504 under the previous comment line.
15505
15506 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15507 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15508 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15509
15510 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15511 or comment indentation.
15512
15513 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15514 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15515
15516 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15517
15518 ;;;***
15519 \f
15520 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15635
15521 ;;;;;; 30400))
15522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15523
15524 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15525 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15526 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15527 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15528 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15529 symbol in the alist.
15530
15531 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15532
15533 ;;;***
15534 \f
15535 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15536 ;;;;;; (15717 44266))
15537 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15538
15539 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15540 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15541 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15542
15543 \(fn)" t nil)
15544
15545 ;;;***
15546 \f
15547 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15548 ;;;;;; (14858 45538))
15549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15550
15551 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15552 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15553 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15554
15555 \(fn)" t nil)
15556
15557 ;;;***
15558 \f
15559 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15560 ;;;;;; (15538 8229))
15561 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15562
15563 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15564 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15565
15566 \(fn)" t nil)
15567
15568 ;;;***
15569 \f
15570 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15571 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15847 36480))
15572 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15573
15574 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15575 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15576
15577 \(fn)" t nil)
15578
15579 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15580 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15581
15582 \(fn)" t nil)
15583
15584 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15585 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15586
15587 \(fn)" t nil)
15588
15589 ;;;***
15590 \f
15591 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15592 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15513 5696))
15593 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15594
15595 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15596 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15597 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15598
15599 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15600 Not documented
15601
15602 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15603
15604 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15605 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15606 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15607 to future sessions.
15608
15609 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15610
15611 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15612 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15613 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15614 to future sessions.
15615
15616 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15617
15618 ;;;***
15619 \f
15620 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15621 ;;;;;; (15894 19682))
15622 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15623
15624 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15625 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15626 \\{nroff-mode-map}
15627 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15628 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15629 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
15630
15631 ;;;***
15632 \f
15633 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15634 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
15635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
15636
15637 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
15638 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
15639 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
15640 specified by `octave-help-files'.
15641 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
15642
15643 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15644
15645 ;;;***
15646 \f
15647 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
15648 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
15649 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
15650
15651 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
15652 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
15653 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
15654
15655 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
15656
15657 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
15658 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
15659
15660 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
15661 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
15662 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
15663
15664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15665
15666 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
15667
15668 ;;;***
15669 \f
15670 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
15671 ;;;;;; (15791 51668))
15672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
15673
15674 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
15675 Major mode for editing Octave code.
15676
15677 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
15678 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
15679 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
15680 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
15681
15682 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
15683 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
15684 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
15685 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
15686 is why you need this mode!).
15687
15688 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
15689 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
15690 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
15691
15692 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
15693
15694 Keybindings
15695 ===========
15696
15697 \\{octave-mode-map}
15698
15699 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
15700 ==============================================
15701
15702 octave-auto-indent
15703 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
15704 Default is nil.
15705
15706 octave-auto-newline
15707 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
15708 Default is nil.
15709
15710 octave-blink-matching-block
15711 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
15712 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
15713
15714 octave-block-offset
15715 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
15716 Default is 2.
15717
15718 octave-continuation-offset
15719 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
15720 Default is 4.
15721
15722 octave-continuation-string
15723 String used for Octave continuation lines.
15724 Default is a backslash.
15725
15726 octave-mode-startup-message
15727 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
15728 Default is t.
15729
15730 octave-send-echo-input
15731 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
15732 command to the inferior Octave process.
15733
15734 octave-send-line-auto-forward
15735 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
15736 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
15737
15738 octave-send-echo-input
15739 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
15740
15741 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
15742
15743 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
15744 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
15745
15746 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
15747 (setq auto-mode-alist
15748 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15749
15750 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
15751 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
15752
15753 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
15754 (lambda ()
15755 (abbrev-mode 1)
15756 (auto-fill-mode 1)
15757 (if (eq window-system 'x)
15758 (font-lock-mode 1))))
15759
15760 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
15761 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
15762 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
15763 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
15764
15765 \(fn)" t nil)
15766
15767 ;;;***
15768 \f
15769 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
15770 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
15771 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
15772
15773 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
15774 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
15775 It is now better to use Customize instead.
15776
15777 \(fn)" t nil)
15778
15779 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
15780 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
15781 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
15782 in which there are commands to set the option values.
15783 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
15784
15785 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
15786
15787 \(fn)" t nil)
15788
15789 ;;;***
15790 \f
15791 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
15792 ;;;;;; (15878 13937))
15793 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
15794
15795 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
15796 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
15797 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
15798 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
15799
15800 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
15801 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
15802 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
15803 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
15804
15805 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
15806 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
15807 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
15808 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
15809 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
15810 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
15811
15812 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
15813 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
15814 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
15815
15816 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
15817 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
15818 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
15819 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
15820 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
15821 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
15822 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
15823 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
15824 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
15825 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
15826 The subheadings remain visible.
15827 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
15828
15829 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
15830 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
15831 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
15832
15833 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
15834 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
15835
15836 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
15837 Toggle Outline minor mode.
15838 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15839 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
15840
15841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15842
15843 ;;;***
15844 \f
15845 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15850 38937))
15846 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
15847
15848 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
15849 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
15850 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15852 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
15853
15854 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
15855
15856 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
15857 Toggle Show Paren mode.
15858 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15859 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
15860
15861 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
15862 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
15863
15864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15865
15866 ;;;***
15867 \f
15868 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15736
15869 ;;;;;; 22106))
15870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
15871
15872 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
15873 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
15874 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15875
15876 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
15877 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
15878
15879 Other useful functions are:
15880
15881 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
15882 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
15883 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
15884 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
15885 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
15886 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
15887 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
15888 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
15889 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
15890
15891 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
15892
15893 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
15894 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
15895 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
15896 Indentation for case statements.
15897 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
15898 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
15899 mark after an end.
15900 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
15901 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
15902 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
15903 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
15904 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15905 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
15906 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
15907 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
15908 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
15909 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
15910
15911 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
15912 pascal-separator-keywords.
15913
15914 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
15915 no args, if that value is non-nil.
15916
15917 \(fn)" t nil)
15918
15919 ;;;***
15920 \f
15921 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
15922 ;;;;;; (15214 27238))
15923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
15924
15925 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
15926 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
15927 The keys affected are:
15928 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
15929 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
15930 M-Backspace does undo.
15931 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
15932 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
15933 C-Escape does list-buffers.
15934
15935 \(fn)" t nil)
15936
15937 ;;;***
15938 \f
15939 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
15940 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15509 28072))
15941 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
15942
15943 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
15944 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
15945 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15946 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15947 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
15948
15949 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
15950
15951 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
15952 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
15953
15954 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
15955
15956 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
15957 which modify the status of the mark.
15958
15959 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
15960 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
15961
15962 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
15963 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
15964
15965 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
15966 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
15967 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
15968 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
15969 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
15970
15971 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
15972 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
15973
15974 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
15975 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
15976 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
15977
15978 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
15979 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
15980 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
15981
15982 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
15983 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
15984
15985 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
15986 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
15987 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
15988
15989 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
15990 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
15991 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
15992
15993 F6 other-window
15994 DELETE delete-char
15995 C-DELETE kill-line
15996 M-DELETE kill-word
15997 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
15998 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
15999 M-BACKSPACE undo
16000
16001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16002
16003 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16004 Toggle PC Selection mode.
16005 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
16006 and cursor movement commands.
16007 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16008 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
16009
16010 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16011
16012 ;;;***
16013 \f
16014 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15644
16015 ;;;;;; 49243))
16016 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
16017
16018 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
16019 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
16020
16021 \(fn)" nil nil)
16022
16023 ;;;***
16024 \f
16025 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
16026 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15185 62672))
16027 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
16028
16029 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16030 Completion for `gzip'.
16031
16032 \(fn)" nil nil)
16033
16034 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16035 Completion for `bzip2'.
16036
16037 \(fn)" nil nil)
16038
16039 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16040 Completion for GNU `make'.
16041
16042 \(fn)" nil nil)
16043
16044 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16045 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16046
16047 \(fn)" nil nil)
16048
16049 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16050
16051 ;;;***
16052 \f
16053 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16054 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15185 62672))
16055 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16056
16057 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16058 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16059
16060 \(fn)" nil nil)
16061
16062 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16063 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16064
16065 \(fn)" nil nil)
16066
16067 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16068 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16069
16070 \(fn)" nil nil)
16071
16072 ;;;***
16073 \f
16074 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15185
16075 ;;;;;; 62672))
16076 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16077
16078 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16079 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16080 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16081 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16082 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16083 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16084
16085 \(fn)" nil nil)
16086
16087 ;;;***
16088 \f
16089 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16090 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16091 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15185 62672))
16092 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16093
16094 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16095 Completion for `cd'.
16096
16097 \(fn)" nil nil)
16098
16099 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16100
16101 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16102 Completion for `rmdir'.
16103
16104 \(fn)" nil nil)
16105
16106 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16107 Completion for `rm'.
16108
16109 \(fn)" nil nil)
16110
16111 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16112 Completion for `xargs'.
16113
16114 \(fn)" nil nil)
16115
16116 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16117
16118 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16119 Completion for `which'.
16120
16121 \(fn)" nil nil)
16122
16123 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16124 Completion for the `chown' command.
16125
16126 \(fn)" nil nil)
16127
16128 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16129 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16130
16131 \(fn)" nil nil)
16132
16133 ;;;***
16134 \f
16135 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16136 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16137 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15694
16138 ;;;;;; 56048))
16139 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16140
16141 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16142 Support extensible programmable completion.
16143 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16144 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16145
16146 \(fn)" t nil)
16147
16148 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16149 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16150
16151 \(fn)" t nil)
16152
16153 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16154 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16155 This will modify the current buffer.
16156
16157 \(fn)" t nil)
16158
16159 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16160 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16161
16162 \(fn)" t nil)
16163
16164 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16165 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16166 This will modify the current buffer.
16167
16168 \(fn)" t nil)
16169
16170 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16171 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16172
16173 \(fn)" t nil)
16174
16175 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16176 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16177
16178 \(fn)" t nil)
16179
16180 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16181 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16182 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16183 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16184 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16185
16186 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16187
16188 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16189 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16190
16191 \(fn)" nil nil)
16192
16193 ;;;***
16194 \f
16195 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16196 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16197 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15855 28537))
16198 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16199
16200 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16201 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16202 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16203 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16204
16205 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16206
16207 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16208
16209 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16210 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16211 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16212 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16213 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16214 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16215 FLAGS is ignored.
16216
16217 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16218
16219 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16220 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16221 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16222 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16223 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16224 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16225 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16226 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16227
16228 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16229
16230 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16231 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16232 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16233 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16234 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16235 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16236 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16237 passed to cvs.
16238
16239 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16240
16241 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16242 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16243 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16244 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16245 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16246 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16247 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16248
16249 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16250
16251 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16252
16253 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16254 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16255 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16256
16257 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16258
16259 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16260 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16261 nil means never do it.
16262 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16263 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16264 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16265
16266 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16267
16268 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16269 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16270 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16271
16272 ;;;***
16273 \f
16274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15825 27888))
16275 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16276
16277 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
16278
16279 ;;;***
16280 \f
16281 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16282 ;;;;;; (15825 27817))
16283 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16284
16285 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16286 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16287 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16288 Tab indents for Perl code.
16289 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16290 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16291 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16292 \\{perl-mode-map}
16293 Variables controlling indentation style:
16294 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16295 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16296 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16297 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16298 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16299 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16300 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16301 `perl-nochange'
16302 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16303 `perl-indent-level'
16304 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16305 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16306 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16307 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16308 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16309 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16310 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16311 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16312 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16313 `perl-brace-offset'
16314 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16315 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16316 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16317 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16318 `perl-label-offset'
16319 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16320 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16321 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16322
16323 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16324 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16325 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16326 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16327 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16328 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16329 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16330
16331 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16332
16333 \(fn)" t nil)
16334
16335 ;;;***
16336 \f
16337 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16338 ;;;;;; (15803 6632))
16339 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16340
16341 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16342 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16343 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16344 afterwards settable by these commands:
16345 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16346 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16347 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16348 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16349 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16350 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16351 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16352 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16353 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16354 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16355 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16356 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16357 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16358 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16359 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16360 with these commands:
16361 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16362 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16363 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16364 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16365 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16366 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16367 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16368 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16369 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16370 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16371 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16372 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16373 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16374 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16375 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16376 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16377 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16378 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16379 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16380 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16381 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16382 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16383 text is saved in the kill ring.
16384 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16385 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16386 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16387 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16388 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16389 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16390 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16391 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16392 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16393 commands if invoked soon enough.
16394 You can return to the previous mode with:
16395 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16396 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16397
16398 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16399
16400 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16401 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16402
16403 \(fn)" t nil)
16404
16405 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16406
16407 ;;;***
16408 \f
16409 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16410 ;;;;;; (15808 14185))
16411 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16412
16413 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16414 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16415 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16416
16417 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16418
16419 ;;;***
16420 \f
16421 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15745 59489))
16422 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16423
16424 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16425 Play pong and waste time.
16426 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16427 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16428
16429 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16430
16431 \\{pong-mode-map}
16432
16433 \(fn)" t nil)
16434
16435 ;;;***
16436 \f
16437 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16438 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15467 59919))
16439 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16440
16441 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16442 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16443 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16444 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16445
16446 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16447
16448 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16449 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16450 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16451 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16452 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16453
16454 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16455
16456 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16457 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16458 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16459 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16460 in the variable `values'.
16461
16462 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16463
16464 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16465 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16466 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16467 Ignores leading comment characters.
16468
16469 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16470
16471 ;;;***
16472 \f
16473 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
16474 ;;;;;; (15608 6934))
16475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
16476
16477 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
16478 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
16479 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
16480 Commands:
16481 \\{prolog-mode-map}
16482 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
16483 if that value is non-nil.
16484
16485 \(fn)" t nil)
16486
16487 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
16488 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
16489
16490 \(fn)" t nil)
16491
16492 ;;;***
16493 \f
16494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 24982))
16495 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
16496
16497 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
16498 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
16499 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
16500
16501 ;;;***
16502 \f
16503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15490 41428))
16504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
16505 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
16506
16507 ;;;***
16508 \f
16509 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
16510 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
16511 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
16512 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15631 17763))
16513 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
16514
16515 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
16516 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
16517
16518 Valid values are:
16519
16520 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
16521 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
16522 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
16523 changed by setting the variable
16524 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
16525 The initial value of this variable is
16526 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
16527 documentation).
16528
16529 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
16530 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
16531 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
16532 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
16533 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
16534 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
16535 test it.
16536
16537 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
16538 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
16539 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
16540 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
16541 source file. BDF fonts are included in
16542 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
16543 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
16544 use this value, be sure to have installed
16545 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
16546 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
16547 documentation of this variable).
16548
16549 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
16550 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
16551 characters. This is convenient when you want or
16552 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
16553 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
16554 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
16555
16556 Any other value is treated as nil.")
16557
16558 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
16559
16560 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
16561 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
16562 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
16563
16564 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16565
16566 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
16567 Not documented
16568
16569 \(fn)" nil nil)
16570
16571 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
16572 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
16573
16574 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
16575
16576 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
16577
16578 Returns the value:
16579
16580 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
16581
16582 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
16583 the sequence.
16584
16585 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
16586
16587 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
16588 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
16589
16590 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
16591 composition.
16592
16593 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
16594
16595 Returns the value:
16596
16597 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
16598
16599 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
16600 the sequence.
16601
16602 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
16603
16604 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
16605 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
16606
16607 \(fn)" nil nil)
16608
16609 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
16610 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
16611 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
16612
16613 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
16614
16615 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
16616 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
16617
16618 \(fn)" nil nil)
16619
16620 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
16621 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
16622 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
16623
16624 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
16625
16626 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
16627 Not documented
16628
16629 \(fn)" nil nil)
16630
16631 ;;;***
16632 \f
16633 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
16634 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
16635 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
16636 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
16637 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
16638 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (15766
16639 ;;;;;; 29665))
16640 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
16641
16642 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
16643 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
16644 See `ps-paper-type'.")
16645
16646 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
16647
16648 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
16649 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
16650 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
16651 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
16652
16653 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
16654
16655 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
16656 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
16657
16658 Valid values are:
16659
16660 nil Do not print colors.
16661
16662 t Print colors.
16663
16664 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
16665 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
16666
16667 Any other value is treated as t.")
16668
16669 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
16670
16671 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
16672 Customization of ps-print group.
16673
16674 \(fn)" t nil)
16675
16676 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
16677 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
16678
16679 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
16680 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
16681 sending it to the printer.
16682
16683 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16684 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16685 image in a file with that name.
16686
16687 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16688
16689 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16690 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
16691 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16692 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16693 so it has a way to determine color values.
16694
16695 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16696
16697 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
16698 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
16699 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
16700
16701 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16702
16703 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16704 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
16705 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16706 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16707 so it has a way to determine color values.
16708
16709 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16710
16711 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
16712 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
16713 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
16714 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
16715
16716 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16717
16718 \(fn)" t nil)
16719
16720 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16721 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
16722 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16723 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16724 so it has a way to determine color values.
16725
16726 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16727
16728 \(fn)" t nil)
16729
16730 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
16731 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
16732 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
16733
16734 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16735
16736 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16737
16738 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16739 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
16740 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16741 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16742 so it has a way to determine color values.
16743
16744 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16745
16746 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16747
16748 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
16749 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
16750
16751 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
16752 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16753 instead of sending it to the printer.
16754
16755 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16756 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16757 image in a file with that name.
16758
16759 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16760
16761 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
16762 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
16763 Done using the current ps-print setup.
16764 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
16765 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
16766
16767 \(fn)" t nil)
16768
16769 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
16770 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
16771 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
16772
16773 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
16774
16775 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
16776 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
16777 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
16778
16779 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
16780
16781 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
16782 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
16783
16784 \(fn)" nil nil)
16785
16786 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
16787 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
16788
16789 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
16790 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
16791
16792 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
16793 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
16794
16795 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
16796
16797 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
16798
16799 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
16800
16801 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
16802 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
16803
16804 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
16805 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
16806
16807 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
16808 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
16809
16810 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
16811
16812 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
16813
16814 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
16815
16816 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
16817 foreground and background colors respectively.
16818
16819 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
16820 bold - use bold font.
16821 italic - use italic font.
16822 underline - put a line under text.
16823 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
16824 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
16825 shadow - text will have a shadow.
16826 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
16827 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
16828
16829 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
16830
16831 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
16832
16833 ;;;***
16834 \f
16835 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
16836 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
16837 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
16838 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
16839 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15821 1481))
16840 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
16841
16842 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
16843 Return the title of the current Quail package.
16844
16845 \(fn)" nil nil)
16846
16847 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
16848 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
16849 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
16850
16851 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
16852 `quail-activate', which see.
16853
16854 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
16855
16856 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
16857 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
16858 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
16859 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
16860 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
16861 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
16862 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
16863
16864 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
16865 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
16866 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
16867 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
16868 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
16869 shown.
16870 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
16871
16872 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
16873 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
16874 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
16875 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
16876 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
16877 list of candidates.
16878
16879 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
16880 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
16881 command to be called.
16882
16883 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
16884 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
16885 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
16886 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
16887
16888 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
16889 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
16890 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
16891 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
16892 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
16893 to t.
16894
16895 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
16896 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
16897 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
16898 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
16899
16900 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
16901 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
16902 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
16903 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
16904
16905 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
16906 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
16907 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
16908 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
16909 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
16910 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
16911
16912 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
16913 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
16914 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
16915 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
16916 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
16917 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
16918
16919 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
16920 covers Quail translation region.
16921
16922 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
16923 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
16924 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
16925 for it) is inserted.
16926
16927 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
16928 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
16929 vs. corresponding command to be called.
16930
16931 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
16932 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
16933 non-Quail commands.
16934
16935 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
16936
16937 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
16938 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
16939
16940 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
16941 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
16942 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
16943 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
16944 you type is correctly handled.
16945
16946 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
16947
16948 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
16949 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
16950
16951 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
16952 keyboard type.
16953
16954 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
16955
16956 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
16957 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
16958 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
16959 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
16960 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
16961 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
16962 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
16963 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
16964 for the translation.
16965 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
16966
16967 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
16968 it is used to handle KEY.
16969
16970 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
16971 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
16972 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
16973 the following annotation types are supported.
16974
16975 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
16976 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
16977
16978 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
16979 candidate list.
16980
16981 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
16982 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
16983 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
16984 inserted.
16985
16986 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
16987 generated for the following translations.
16988
16989 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
16990
16991 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
16992 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
16993
16994 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
16995 which to install MAP.
16996
16997 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
16998
16999 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17000
17001 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
17002 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
17003
17004 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17005 which to install MAP.
17006
17007 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
17008
17009 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17010
17011 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
17012 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
17013 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17014 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
17015 a function, or a cons.
17016 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17017 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17018 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17019 for the translation.
17020 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
17021 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
17022 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
17023 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
17024 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17025
17026 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17027 it is used to handle KEY.
17028
17029 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
17030 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
17031 current Quail package.
17032
17033 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
17034 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17035
17036 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
17037
17038 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
17039 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
17040
17041 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
17042 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17043
17044 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
17045
17046 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
17047 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
17048
17049 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
17050
17051 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
17052 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
17053 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
17054 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
17055 of the Emacs source tree.
17056
17057 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
17058 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
17059
17060 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
17061 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
17062 of each directory.
17063
17064 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
17065
17066 ;;;***
17067 \f
17068 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
17069 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
17070 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15186
17071 ;;;;;; 56483))
17072 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
17073
17074 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
17075 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
17076 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
17077 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
17078
17079 To make use of this do something like:
17080
17081 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
17082
17083 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
17084
17085 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
17086 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
17087
17088 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
17089 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17090 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17091
17092 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17093
17094 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
17095 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
17096
17097 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17098
17099 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
17100 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
17101
17102 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
17103 is decided.
17104
17105 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
17106
17107 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
17108 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
17109
17110 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
17111 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17112 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17113
17114 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17115
17116 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
17117 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
17118
17119 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17120
17121 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
17122 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
17123
17124 \(fn)" t nil)
17125
17126 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
17127 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
17128
17129 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
17130
17131 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
17132
17133 \(fn)" t nil)
17134
17135 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
17136 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
17137
17138 \(fn)" t nil)
17139
17140 ;;;***
17141 \f
17142 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15425
17143 ;;;;;; 23455))
17144 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
17145
17146 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
17147 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
17148 See \\[compile].
17149
17150 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
17151
17152 ;;;***
17153 \f
17154 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
17155 ;;;;;; (15832 7035))
17156 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
17157
17158 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
17159 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
17160
17161 \(fn)" t nil)
17162
17163 ;;;***
17164 \f
17165 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
17166 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
17167 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15565 4605))
17168 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
17169
17170 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
17171 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'.
17172
17173 \(fn)" t nil)
17174
17175 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
17176 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list.
17177
17178 \(fn)" t nil)
17179
17180 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
17181 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'.
17182
17183 \(fn)" t nil)
17184
17185 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
17186 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
17187 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
17188 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
17189 which buffer to use for the interaction.
17190
17191 \(fn &optional FILES BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
17192
17193 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
17194 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu.
17195
17196 \(fn)" t nil)
17197
17198 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
17199 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
17200 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17201 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17202 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
17203
17204 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
17205
17206 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
17207 Toggle recentf mode.
17208 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17209 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17210
17211 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
17212 were operated on recently.
17213
17214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17215
17216 ;;;***
17217 \f
17218 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
17219 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
17220 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
17221 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15670
17222 ;;;;;; 23755))
17223 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
17224
17225 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
17226 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
17227 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
17228 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
17229
17230 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
17231
17232 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
17233
17234 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
17235 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
17236 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
17237 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
17238 ends.
17239
17240 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17241 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
17242 to be deleted.
17243
17244 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17245
17246 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
17247 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
17248 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
17249
17250 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17251 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
17252 deleted.
17253
17254 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
17255
17256 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
17257 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
17258 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
17259
17260 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
17261
17262 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
17263 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
17264
17265 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17266 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
17267
17268 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
17269 deleted.
17270
17271 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17272
17273 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
17274 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
17275
17276 \(fn)" t nil)
17277
17278 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
17279 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
17280 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
17281 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
17282 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
17283 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
17284 and point is at the lower right corner.
17285
17286 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
17287
17288 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
17289 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
17290
17291 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
17292 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
17293
17294 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17295 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
17296 on the right side of the rectangle.
17297
17298 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17299
17300 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
17301
17302 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
17303 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
17304 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
17305 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
17306 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
17307
17308 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17309 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
17310
17311 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17312
17313 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
17314 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
17315 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
17316
17317 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
17318
17319 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
17320
17321 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
17322
17323 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
17324 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
17325
17326 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17327 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
17328 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
17329
17330 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
17331
17332 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
17333 Blank out the region-rectangle.
17334 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
17335
17336 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17337 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
17338 rectangle which were empty.
17339
17340 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17341
17342 ;;;***
17343 \f
17344 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15832
17345 ;;;;;; 33651))
17346 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
17347
17348 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
17349 Toggle Refill minor mode.
17350 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
17351
17352 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
17353 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
17354 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
17355
17356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17357
17358 ;;;***
17359 \f
17360 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
17361 ;;;;;; (15789 45612))
17362 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
17363
17364 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
17365 Turn on RefTeX mode.
17366
17367 \(fn)" nil nil)
17368
17369 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
17370 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
17371
17372 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
17373 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
17374
17375 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
17376 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
17377 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
17378 \\ref macro.
17379
17380 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
17381 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
17382 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
17383
17384 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
17385 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
17386 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
17387
17388 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
17389 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
17390
17391 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
17392 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
17393
17394 \\{reftex-mode-map}
17395 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
17396 on the menu bar.
17397
17398 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17399
17400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17401
17402 ;;;***
17403 \f
17404 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
17405 ;;;;;; (15714 7356))
17406 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
17407
17408 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
17409 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
17410 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
17411 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
17412 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
17413 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
17414
17415 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
17416
17417 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
17418
17419 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
17420 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
17421 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
17422 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
17423
17424 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
17425 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
17426 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
17427 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
17428
17429 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
17430
17431 ;;;***
17432 \f
17433 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
17434 ;;;;;; (15723 19553))
17435 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
17436
17437 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
17438 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
17439 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
17440
17441 To insert new phrases, use
17442 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
17443 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
17444
17445 To index phrases use one of:
17446
17447 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
17448 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
17449 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
17450 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
17451 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
17452
17453 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
17454 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
17455
17456 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
17457
17458 Here are all local bindings.
17459
17460 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
17461
17462 \(fn)" t nil)
17463
17464 ;;;***
17465 \f
17466 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
17467 ;;;;;; (15631 43946))
17468 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
17469
17470 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
17471 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
17472 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
17473 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
17474 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
17475 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
17476
17477 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
17478 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
17479
17480 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
17481 by \\=\\< and \\>.
17482
17483 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
17484
17485 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
17486 Return the depth of REGEXP.
17487 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
17488 in REGEXP.
17489
17490 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
17491
17492 ;;;***
17493 \f
17494 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15182 61046))
17495 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
17496
17497 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
17498 Repeat most recently executed command.
17499 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
17500 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
17501 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
17502
17503 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
17504 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
17505 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
17506
17507 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
17508
17509 ;;;***
17510 \f
17511 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
17512 ;;;;;; (15356 45077))
17513 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
17514
17515 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
17516 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
17517
17518 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
17519 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
17520 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
17521 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
17522 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
17523 and point is left after the salutation.
17524
17525 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
17526 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
17527 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
17528 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
17529 left after that text.
17530
17531 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
17532 is non-nil.
17533
17534 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
17535 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
17536 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
17537 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
17538
17539 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
17540
17541 ;;;***
17542 \f
17543 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
17544 ;;;;;; (15363 54485))
17545 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
17546
17547 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
17548 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
17549 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
17550 visibility of comments that precede it.
17551 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
17552 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
17553 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
17554 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
17555 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
17556 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
17557 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
17558 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
17559 the comment lines.
17560 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
17561 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
17562 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
17563 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
17564 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
17565
17566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17567 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
17568
17569 ;;;***
17570 \f
17571 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
17572 ;;;;;; 50658))
17573 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
17574
17575 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
17576 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
17577
17578 \(fn)" nil nil)
17579
17580 ;;;***
17581 \f
17582 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
17583 ;;;;;; (15832 26515))
17584 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
17585
17586 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
17587 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
17588 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
17589
17590 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
17591 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
17592 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
17593
17594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17595
17596 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
17597 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
17598 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17600 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
17601
17602 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
17603
17604 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
17605 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
17606 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
17607
17608 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
17609 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
17610 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
17611
17612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17613
17614 ;;;***
17615 \f
17616 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
17617 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
17618 ;;;;;; (15724 26374))
17619 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
17620
17621 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
17622 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
17623 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
17624 If emacs is not running under a window system,
17625 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
17626
17627 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
17628
17629 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
17630 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
17631 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
17632 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
17633 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
17634
17635 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
17636
17637 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
17638 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
17639 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17640 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17641 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
17642
17643 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
17644
17645 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
17646 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
17647 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
17648 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
17649 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
17650 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
17651 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
17652
17653 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17654 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17655
17656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17657
17658 ;;;***
17659 \f
17660 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
17661 ;;;;;; (14632 7438))
17662 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
17663
17664 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
17665 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
17666
17667 \(fn X)" nil nil)
17668
17669 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
17670 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
17671
17672 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
17673
17674 ;;;***
17675 \f
17676 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15504 36563))
17677 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
17678 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
17679
17680 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
17681 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
17682 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
17683 other arguments for `rlogin'.
17684
17685 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
17686
17687 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
17688 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
17689 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
17690 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
17691
17692 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
17693 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
17694
17695 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
17696 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
17697
17698 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
17699 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
17700 INPUT-ARGS.
17701
17702 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
17703 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
17704 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
17705 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
17706 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
17707
17708 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
17709 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
17710 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
17711 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
17712
17713 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
17714 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
17715 variable.
17716
17717 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
17718
17719 ;;;***
17720 \f
17721 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
17722 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
17723 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
17724 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
17725 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
17726 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
17727 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15898 7843))
17728 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
17729
17730 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17731 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17732 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
17733 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
17734
17735 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
17736
17737 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
17738 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
17739 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
17740 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
17741 value is the user's email address and name.)
17742 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
17743
17744 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
17745 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
17746 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
17747 which normally happens once for each message,
17748 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
17749 To make a change in this variable take effect
17750 for a message that you have already viewed,
17751 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
17752
17753 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
17754
17755 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
17756 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
17757 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
17758 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
17759
17760 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
17761
17762 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
17763 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
17764
17765 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
17766
17767 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
17768 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
17769 A value of nil means don't highlight.
17770 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
17771
17772 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
17773
17774 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
17775 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
17776
17777 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
17778
17779 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
17780 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
17781
17782 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
17783
17784 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
17785 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
17786 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
17787 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
17788 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
17789
17790 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
17791
17792 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
17793 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
17794
17795 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
17796
17797 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
17798 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
17799
17800 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
17801
17802 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
17803 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
17804
17805 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
17806
17807 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
17808 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
17809
17810 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
17811
17812 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
17813 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
17814
17815 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
17816 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
17817
17818 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
17819 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
17820
17821 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
17822
17823 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
17824 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
17825
17826 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
17827 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
17828 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
17829 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
17830
17831 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
17832 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
17833
17834 This is set to nil by default.")
17835
17836 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
17837 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
17838 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
17839 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
17840 until a user explicitly requires it.")
17841
17842 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
17843
17844 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
17845 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
17846 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17847 It is called with no argument.")
17848
17849 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
17850 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
17851 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
17852 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
17853 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
17854 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
17855 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
17856
17857 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
17858 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
17859 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17860 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
17861 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
17862 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
17863
17864 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
17865 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
17866 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17867 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
17868 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
17869
17870 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
17871 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
17872 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17873 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
17874 MSG is the message number,
17875 REGEXP is the regular expression,
17876 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
17877
17878 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
17879 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
17880 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
17881 this feature is required with `require'.")
17882
17883 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
17884 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
17885 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
17886 the message is decoded as normal way.
17887
17888 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
17889 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
17890 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
17891
17892 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
17893 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
17894 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
17895
17896 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
17897 Read and edit incoming mail.
17898 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
17899 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
17900 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
17901
17902 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
17903 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
17904 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
17905 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
17906
17907 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
17908
17909 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
17910
17911 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
17912 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
17913 All normal editing commands are turned off.
17914 Instead, these commands are available:
17915
17916 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
17917 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
17918 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
17919 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
17920 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
17921 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
17922 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
17923 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
17924 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
17925 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
17926 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
17927 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
17928 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
17929 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
17930 till a deleted message is found.
17931 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
17932 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
17933 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
17934 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
17935 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
17936 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
17937 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
17938 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
17939 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
17940 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
17941 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
17942 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
17943 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
17944 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
17945 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
17946 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
17947 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
17948 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
17949 (label defaults to last one specified).
17950 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
17951 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
17952 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
17953 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
17954 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
17955 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
17956 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
17957 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
17958 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
17959
17960 \(fn)" t nil)
17961
17962 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
17963 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
17964
17965 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17966
17967 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
17968 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
17969
17970 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
17971
17972 ;;;***
17973 \f
17974 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
17975 ;;;;;; (15828 34013))
17976 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
17977
17978 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
17979 Edit the contents of this message.
17980
17981 \(fn)" t nil)
17982
17983 ;;;***
17984 \f
17985 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
17986 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
17987 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15185 49575))
17988 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
17989
17990 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
17991 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
17992 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
17993
17994 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
17995
17996 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
17997 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
17998 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
17999
18000 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18001
18002 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18003 Not documented
18004
18005 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
18006
18007 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18008 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
18009 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18010 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18011 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
18012
18013 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18014
18015 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18016 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
18017 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18018 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18019 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
18020
18021 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18022
18023 ;;;***
18024 \f
18025 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
18026 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
18027 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
18028
18029 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
18030 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
18031 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
18032 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
18033
18034 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18035
18036 ;;;***
18037 \f
18038 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
18039 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
18040 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15185 49575))
18041 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
18042
18043 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
18044 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
18045 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
18046 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
18047 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
18048 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
18049 a file name as a string.")
18050
18051 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
18052
18053 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
18054 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
18055 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
18056 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
18057 buffer visiting that file.
18058 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
18059 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
18060
18061 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
18062 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18063
18064 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18065 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18066
18067 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
18068 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
18069
18070 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
18071
18072 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
18073 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
18074
18075 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
18076
18077 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
18078 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
18079 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18080 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18081 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
18082
18083 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
18084 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
18085 will be appended with their original headers.
18086
18087 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
18088 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18089
18090 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
18091 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
18092
18093 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
18094
18095 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
18096
18097 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
18098 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
18099 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
18100
18101 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18102
18103 ;;;***
18104 \f
18105 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
18106 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
18107 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15185
18108 ;;;;;; 49575))
18109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
18110
18111 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
18112 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
18113 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18114
18115 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18116
18117 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
18118 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
18119 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18120
18121 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18122
18123 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
18124 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
18125 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18126
18127 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18128
18129 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
18130 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
18131 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18132
18133 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18134
18135 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
18136 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
18137 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18138
18139 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18140
18141 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
18142 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
18143 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18144
18145 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18146
18147 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
18148 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
18149 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18150 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
18151
18152 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
18153
18154 ;;;***
18155 \f
18156 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
18157 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
18158 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
18159 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
18160 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15649 48498))
18161 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
18162
18163 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
18164 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
18165
18166 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
18167
18168 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
18169 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
18170
18171 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
18172
18173 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
18174 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
18175
18176 \(fn)" t nil)
18177
18178 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
18179 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
18180 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
18181
18182 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
18183
18184 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
18185 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
18186 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
18187 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
18188 only look in the To and From fields.
18189 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
18190
18191 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
18192
18193 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
18194 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
18195 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
18196 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
18197 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
18198
18199 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
18200
18201 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
18202 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
18203 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
18204 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
18205 look in the whole message.
18206 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
18207
18208 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
18209
18210 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
18211 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
18212 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
18213
18214 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
18215
18216 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
18217 *Function to decode summary-line.
18218
18219 By default, `identity' is set.")
18220
18221 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
18222
18223 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
18224 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
18225 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
18226 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
18227 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
18228 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
18229 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
18230
18231 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
18232 sent by you under different user names.
18233 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
18234
18235 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
18236
18237 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
18238
18239 ;;;***
18240 \f
18241 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
18242 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
18243 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
18244
18245 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
18246 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
18247 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
18248 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
18249
18250 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
18251
18252 ;;;***
18253 \f
18254 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
18255 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15600 5650))
18256 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
18257
18258 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
18259 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
18260
18261 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
18262
18263 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
18264 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
18265
18266 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
18267
18268 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
18269 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
18270
18271 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18272
18273 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
18274 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
18275 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
18276
18277 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
18278 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
18279 in rot 13.
18280
18281 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
18282
18283 \(fn)" t nil)
18284
18285 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
18286 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
18287
18288 \(fn)" t nil)
18289
18290 ;;;***
18291 \f
18292 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
18293 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
18294 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
18295 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
18296 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
18297 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
18298
18299 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
18300 *This variable is obsolete.")
18301
18302 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
18303
18304 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
18305 *This variable is obsolete.")
18306
18307 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
18308
18309 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
18310 *This variable is obsolete.")
18311
18312 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
18313
18314 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
18315 *This variable is obsolete.")
18316
18317 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
18318
18319 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
18320 *This variable is obsolete.")
18321
18322 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
18323
18324 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
18325 *This variable is obsolete.")
18326
18327 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
18328
18329 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
18330 This function is obsolete.
18331
18332 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
18333
18334 ;;;***
18335 \f
18336 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15744
18337 ;;;;;; 2097))
18338 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
18339
18340 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
18341 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
18342
18343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18344
18345 ;;;***
18346 \f
18347 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15879
18348 ;;;;;; 19260))
18349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
18350
18351 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
18352 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
18353 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
18354 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
18355
18356 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
18357
18358 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
18359 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
18360 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
18361
18362 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
18363 notation.
18364
18365 STRING
18366 matches string STRING literally.
18367
18368 CHAR
18369 matches character CHAR literally.
18370
18371 `not-newline'
18372 matches any character except a newline.
18373 .
18374 `anything'
18375 matches any character
18376
18377 `(any SET)'
18378 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
18379 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
18380
18381 '(in SET)'
18382 like `any'.
18383
18384 `(not (any SET))'
18385 matches any character not in SET
18386
18387 `line-start'
18388 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
18389 in the text being matched
18390
18391 `line-end'
18392 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
18393
18394 `string-start'
18395 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
18396 string being matched against.
18397
18398 `string-end'
18399 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
18400 string being matched against.
18401
18402 `buffer-start'
18403 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
18404 buffer being matched against.
18405
18406 `buffer-end'
18407 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
18408 buffer being matched against.
18409
18410 `point'
18411 matches the empty string, but only at point.
18412
18413 `word-start'
18414 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
18415 word.
18416
18417 `word-end'
18418 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
18419
18420 `word-boundary'
18421 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
18422 word.
18423
18424 `(not word-boundary)'
18425 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
18426 word.
18427
18428 `digit'
18429 matches 0 through 9.
18430
18431 `control'
18432 matches ASCII control characters.
18433
18434 `hex-digit'
18435 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
18436
18437 `blank'
18438 matches space and tab only.
18439
18440 `graphic'
18441 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
18442 space, and DEL.
18443
18444 `printing'
18445 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
18446 and DEL.
18447
18448 `alphanumeric'
18449 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
18450 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
18451
18452 `letter'
18453 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
18454 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
18455
18456 `ascii'
18457 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
18458
18459 `nonascii'
18460 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
18461
18462 `lower'
18463 matches anything lower-case.
18464
18465 `upper'
18466 matches anything upper-case.
18467
18468 `punctuation'
18469 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
18470 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
18471
18472 `space'
18473 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
18474
18475 `word'
18476 matches anything that has word syntax.
18477
18478 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
18479 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
18480 of the following symbols.
18481
18482 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
18483 `punctuation' (\\s.)
18484 `word' (\\sw)
18485 `symbol' (\\s_)
18486 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
18487 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
18488 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
18489 `string-quote' (\\s\")
18490 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
18491 `escape' (\\s\\)
18492 `character-quote' (\\s/)
18493 `comment-start' (\\s<)
18494 `comment-end' (\\s>)
18495
18496 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
18497 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
18498
18499 `(category CATEGORY)'
18500 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
18501 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
18502
18503 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
18504 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
18505 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
18506 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
18507 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
18508 `symbol' (\\c5)
18509 `digit' (\\c6)
18510 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
18511 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
18512 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
18513 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
18514 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
18515 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
18516 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
18517 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
18518 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
18519 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
18520 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
18521 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
18522 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
18523 `ascii' (\\ca)
18524 `arabic' (\\cb)
18525 `chinese' (\\cc)
18526 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
18527 `greek' (\\cg)
18528 `korean' (\\ch)
18529 `indian' (\\ci)
18530 `japanese' (\\cj)
18531 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
18532 `latin' (\\cl)
18533 `lao' (\\co)
18534 `tibetan' (\\cq)
18535 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
18536 `thai' (\\ct)
18537 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
18538 `hebrew' (\\cw)
18539 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
18540 `can-break' (\\c|)
18541
18542 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
18543 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
18544
18545 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18546 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
18547
18548 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18549 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
18550 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
18551
18552 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18553 another name for `submatch'.
18554
18555 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18556 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
18557 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
18558 regular expression.
18559
18560 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
18561 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
18562 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
18563 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
18564 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
18565
18566 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
18567 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
18568
18569 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
18570 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
18571
18572 `(0+ SEXP)'
18573 like `zero-or-more'.
18574
18575 `(* SEXP)'
18576 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
18577
18578 `(*? SEXP)'
18579 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
18580
18581 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
18582 matches one or more occurrences of A.
18583
18584 `(1+ SEXP)'
18585 like `one-or-more'.
18586
18587 `(+ SEXP)'
18588 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
18589
18590 `(+? SEXP)'
18591 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
18592
18593 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
18594 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
18595
18596 `(optional SEXP)'
18597 like `zero-or-one'.
18598
18599 `(? SEXP)'
18600 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
18601
18602 `(?? SEXP)'
18603 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
18604
18605 `(repeat N SEXP)'
18606 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
18607
18608 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
18609 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
18610
18611 `(eval FORM)'
18612 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
18613 `regexp-quote' it.
18614
18615 `(regexp REGEXP)'
18616 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
18617
18618 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
18619
18620 ;;;***
18621 \f
18622 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
18623 ;;;;;; (15806 55294))
18624 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
18625
18626 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
18627 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
18628 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
18629
18630 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
18631 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
18632 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
18633 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
18634 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
18635 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
18636 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
18637 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
18638
18639 Commands:
18640 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18641 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
18642 \\{scheme-mode-map}
18643 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
18644 if that value is non-nil.
18645
18646 \(fn)" t nil)
18647
18648 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
18649 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
18650 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
18651
18652 Commands:
18653 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18654 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
18655 \\{scheme-mode-map}
18656 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
18657 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
18658 that variable's value is a string.
18659
18660 \(fn)" t nil)
18661
18662 ;;;***
18663 \f
18664 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
18665 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
18666 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
18667
18668 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
18669 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
18670 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
18671
18672 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
18673
18674 \(fn)" t nil)
18675
18676 ;;;***
18677 \f
18678 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15394
18679 ;;;;;; 10702))
18680 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
18681
18682 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
18683 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
18684 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
18685 \\{scribe-mode-map}
18686
18687 Interesting variables:
18688
18689 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
18690 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
18691
18692 `scribe-electric-quote'
18693 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
18694
18695 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
18696 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
18697 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
18698
18699 ;;;***
18700 \f
18701 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
18702 ;;;;;; (15838 62789))
18703 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
18704
18705 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
18706 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
18707 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18709 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
18710
18711 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
18712
18713 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
18714 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
18715 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
18716 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
18717 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
18718
18719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18720
18721 ;;;***
18722 \f
18723 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
18724 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
18725 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
18726 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
18727 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
18728 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (15898 7843))
18729 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
18730
18731 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
18732 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
18733
18734 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
18735 king@grassland.com
18736 If `parens', they look like:
18737 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
18738 If `angles', they look like:
18739 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
18740 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
18741 derived from the envelope-from address.
18742
18743 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
18744 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
18745 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
18746 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
18747
18748 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
18749
18750 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
18751 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
18752 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
18753 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
18754
18755 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
18756 is a privileged operation.")
18757
18758 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
18759
18760 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
18761 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
18762 This is done when the message is initialized,
18763 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
18764
18765 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
18766
18767 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
18768 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
18769 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
18770
18771 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
18772
18773 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
18774 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
18775
18776 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
18777
18778 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
18779 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
18780 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
18781 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
18782 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
18783 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
18784 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
18785
18786 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
18787
18788 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
18789 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
18790
18791 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
18792
18793 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
18794 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
18795 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
18796
18797 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
18798
18799 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
18800 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
18801 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
18802 when you first send mail.")
18803
18804 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
18805
18806 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
18807 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
18808 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
18809 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
18810 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
18811
18812 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
18813
18814 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
18815 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
18816 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
18817 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
18818 This file need not actually exist.")
18819
18820 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
18821
18822 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
18823 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
18824 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
18825 If a string, that string is inserted.
18826 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
18827 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
18828 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
18829 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
18830
18831 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
18832
18833 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
18834 *Directory for mail buffers.
18835 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
18836 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
18837
18838 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
18839
18840 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
18841 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
18842 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
18843 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
18844 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18845 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
18846 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
18847 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
18848 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
18849 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
18850 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
18851 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
18852 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
18853 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
18854 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
18855
18856 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
18857 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
18858 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18859 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
18860 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
18861 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
18862
18863 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
18864 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
18865 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
18866
18867 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
18868 User should not set this variable manually,
18869 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
18870 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
18871 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
18872 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
18873
18874 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
18875 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
18876 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
18877 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
18878
18879 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
18880 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
18881
18882 \\<mail-mode-map>
18883 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
18884
18885 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
18886 to move to message header fields:
18887 \\{mail-mode-map}
18888
18889 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
18890 when the message is initialized.
18891
18892 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
18893 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
18894
18895 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
18896 is inserted.
18897
18898 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
18899 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
18900
18901 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
18902 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
18903
18904 The second through fifth arguments,
18905 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
18906 the initial contents of those header fields.
18907 These arguments should not have final newlines.
18908 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
18909 original message being replied to, or else an action
18910 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
18911 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
18912 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
18913 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
18914 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
18915 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
18916
18917 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
18918
18919 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
18920 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18921
18922 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
18923
18924 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
18925 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18926
18927 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
18928
18929 ;;;***
18930 \f
18931 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15811 25257))
18932 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
18933
18934 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
18935 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
18936 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
18937 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
18938 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
18939 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
18940
18941 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
18942
18943 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
18944
18945 ;;;***
18946 \f
18947 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (15765 63714))
18948 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
18949
18950 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
18951 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
18952
18953 Key definitions:
18954 \\{ses-mode-map}
18955 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
18956 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
18957 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
18958 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
18959
18960 \(fn)" t nil)
18961
18962 ;;;***
18963 \f
18964 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
18965 ;;;;;; (15832 27979))
18966 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
18967
18968 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
18969 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
18970 Makes > match <.
18971 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
18972 `sgml-quick-keys'.
18973
18974 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
18975 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
18976 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
18977
18978 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
18979 your `.emacs' file.
18980
18981 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
18982
18983 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
18984 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
18985 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
18986
18987 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
18988 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
18989 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
18990 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
18991 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
18992 which this is based.
18993
18994 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
18995
18996 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
18997 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
18998 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
18999 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
19000
19001 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
19002 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
19003 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
19004
19005 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
19006 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
19007 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
19008 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
19009
19010 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
19011 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
19012 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
19013 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
19014
19015 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
19016
19017 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
19018 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
19019 To work around that, do:
19020 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
19021
19022 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
19023
19024 ;;;***
19025 \f
19026 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
19027 ;;;;;; (15804 28698))
19028 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
19029
19030 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
19031
19032 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
19033 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
19034 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
19035 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
19036 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
19037 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
19038
19039 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
19040 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
19041 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
19042 shell-specific features.
19043
19044 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
19045 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
19046 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
19047
19048 \\[sh-case] case statement
19049 \\[sh-for] for loop
19050 \\[sh-function] function definition
19051 \\[sh-if] if statement
19052 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
19053 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
19054 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
19055 \\[sh-select] select loop
19056 \\[sh-until] until loop
19057 \\[sh-while] while loop
19058
19059 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
19060 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
19061 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
19062 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
19063 would indent to the way it currently is.
19064 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
19065 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
19066
19067
19068 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
19069 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
19070 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
19071 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
19072 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
19073 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
19074
19075 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
19076 {, (, [, ', \", `
19077 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
19078
19079 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
19080 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
19081 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
19082
19083 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
19084 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
19085
19086 \(fn)" t nil)
19087
19088 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
19089
19090 ;;;***
19091 \f
19092 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
19093 ;;;;;; (15834 21036))
19094 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
19095
19096 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
19097 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
19098
19099 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
19100 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
19101 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
19102 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
19103 the earlier.
19104
19105 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
19106
19107 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
19108
19109 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
19110 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
19111 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
19112
19113 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
19114 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
19115
19116 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
19117 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
19118 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
19119 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
19120 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
19121 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
19122 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
19123 emacs version).
19124
19125 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
19126 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
19127 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
19128 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
19129 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
19130
19131 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
19132 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
19133 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
19134
19135 \(fn)" t nil)
19136
19137 ;;;***
19138 \f
19139 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
19140 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15508
19141 ;;;;;; 64852))
19142 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
19143
19144 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
19145 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
19146 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
19147 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
19148 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
19149 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
19150 in the cluster.
19151
19152 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19153
19154 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
19155 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
19156 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
19157 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
19158 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
19159
19160 \(fn)" t nil)
19161
19162 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
19163 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
19164 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
19165 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
19166 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
19167 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
19168 `shadow-define-cluster').
19169
19170 \(fn)" t nil)
19171
19172 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
19173 Set up file shadowing.
19174
19175 \(fn)" t nil)
19176
19177 ;;;***
19178 \f
19179 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
19180 ;;;;;; (15809 48811))
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
19182
19183 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
19184 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
19185 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
19186 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
19187 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
19188 arguments.")
19189
19190 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
19191
19192 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
19193 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
19194 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
19195 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
19196 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
19197 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
19198 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
19199 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
19200 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
19201 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
19202 discards input when it starts up.)
19203 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
19204 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
19205 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
19206
19207 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19208 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19209 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19210 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
19211 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19212 `default-process-coding-system'.
19213
19214 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
19215 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
19216 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
19217 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
19218
19219 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
19220
19221 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19222 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
19223
19224 ;;;***
19225 \f
19226 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15719
19227 ;;;;;; 38782))
19228 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
19229
19230 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
19231 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
19232 \\{simula-mode-map}
19233 Variables controlling indentation style:
19234 simula-tab-always-indent
19235 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
19236 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19237 simula-indent-level
19238 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
19239 simula-substatement-offset
19240 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
19241 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
19242 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
19243 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
19244 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
19245 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
19246 simula-label-offset -4711
19247 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
19248 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
19249 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
19250 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
19251 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
19252 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
19253 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
19254 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
19255 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
19256 simula-electric-indent nil
19257 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
19258 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
19259 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
19260 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
19261 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
19262 or nil if they should not be changed.
19263 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
19264 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
19265 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
19266 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
19267
19268 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
19269 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
19270
19271 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
19272 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
19273 at all.
19274
19275 \(fn)" t nil)
19276
19277 ;;;***
19278 \f
19279 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
19280 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
19281 ;;;;;; (15585 7091))
19282 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
19283
19284 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
19285 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
19286
19287 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
19288 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
19289 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
19290 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
19291 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
19292
19293 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
19294
19295 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
19296 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
19297 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
19298 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
19299 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
19300 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
19301 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
19302
19303 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
19304 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
19305 ignored.
19306
19307 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
19308
19309 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
19310 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
19311 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
19312 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
19313 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
19314 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
19315 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
19316
19317 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
19318 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
19319 ignored.
19320
19321 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
19322
19323 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
19324 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
19325
19326 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
19327 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
19328 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
19329 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
19330
19331 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
19332 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
19333 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
19334 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
19335
19336 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
19337 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
19338 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
19339
19340 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
19341 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
19342
19343 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
19344 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
19345
19346 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
19347 _ interesting point, interregion here
19348 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
19349 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
19350 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
19351 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
19352 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
19353 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
19354 nil skipped
19355
19356 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
19357 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
19358
19359 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
19360 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
19361 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
19362 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
19363 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
19364 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
19365 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
19366 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
19367
19368 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
19369 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
19370 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
19371 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
19372 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
19373 available:
19374
19375 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
19376 then: insert previously read string once more
19377 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
19378 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
19379 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
19380
19381 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
19382 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'.
19383
19384 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
19385
19386 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
19387 Insert the character you type ARG times.
19388
19389 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
19390 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
19391 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
19392 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
19393 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
19394 such as backslash.
19395
19396 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
19397 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
19398 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
19399
19400 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19401
19402 ;;;***
19403 \f
19404 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
19405 ;;;;;; (15781 47404))
19406 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
19407
19408 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
19409 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
19410 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
19411 buffer names.
19412
19413 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
19414
19415 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
19416 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
19417 \\{smerge-mode-map}
19418
19419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19420
19421 ;;;***
19422 \f
19423 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
19424 ;;;;;; (15847 36480))
19425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
19426
19427 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
19428 Display textual smileys as images.
19429 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
19430 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
19431 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
19432
19433 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19434
19435 ;;;***
19436 \f
19437 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
19438 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (15868 11768))
19439 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
19440
19441 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
19442 Not documented
19443
19444 \(fn)" nil nil)
19445
19446 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
19447 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
19448
19449 \(fn)" t nil)
19450
19451 ;;;***
19452 \f
19453 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15745 59594))
19454 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
19455
19456 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
19457 Play the Snake game.
19458 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
19459
19460 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
19461
19462 Snake mode keybindings:
19463 \\<snake-mode-map>
19464 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
19465 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
19466 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
19467 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
19468 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
19469 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
19470 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
19471
19472 \(fn)" t nil)
19473
19474 ;;;***
19475 \f
19476 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
19477 ;;;;;; (15491 16844))
19478 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
19479
19480 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
19481 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
19482 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
19483 Tab indents for C code.
19484 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
19485 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19486 \\{snmp-mode-map}
19487 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
19488 `snmp-mode-hook'.
19489
19490 \(fn)" t nil)
19491
19492 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
19493 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
19494 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
19495 Tab indents for C code.
19496 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
19497 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19498 \\{snmp-mode-map}
19499 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
19500 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
19501
19502 \(fn)" t nil)
19503
19504 ;;;***
19505 \f
19506 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
19507 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
19508 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15855 28972))
19509 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
19510
19511 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
19512 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
19513
19514 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
19515 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
19516 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
19517
19518 For example, the form
19519
19520 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
19521 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
19522
19523 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
19524
19525 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
19526
19527 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
19528 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
19529
19530 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
19531 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
19532 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
19533 York City.
19534
19535 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
19536
19537 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
19538
19539 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
19540 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
19541
19542 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
19543 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
19544 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
19545 York City.
19546
19547 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
19548
19549 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
19550
19551 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
19552 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
19553 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
19554 pair.
19555
19556 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
19557
19558 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
19559
19560 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
19561 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
19562 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
19563
19564 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
19565 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
19566
19567 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
19568
19569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19570
19571 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
19572 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
19573 Requires floating point.
19574
19575 \(fn)" nil nil)
19576
19577 ;;;***
19578 \f
19579 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15543
19580 ;;;;;; 12464))
19581 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
19582
19583 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
19584 Play Solitaire.
19585
19586 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
19587 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
19588 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
19589 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
19590 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
19591 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
19592 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
19593 check after each move or undo)
19594
19595 What is Solitaire?
19596
19597 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
19598 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
19599 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
19600
19601 Le Solitaire
19602 ============
19603
19604 o o o
19605
19606 o o o
19607
19608 o o o o o o o
19609
19610 o o o . o o o
19611
19612 o o o o o o o
19613
19614 o o o
19615
19616 o o o
19617
19618 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
19619 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
19620 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
19621 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
19622
19623 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
19624 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
19625 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
19626 this: o o .
19627
19628 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
19629 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
19630
19631 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
19632
19633 o o o
19634
19635 . o o
19636
19637 o o . o o o o
19638
19639 o . o o o o o
19640
19641 o o o o o o o
19642
19643 o o o
19644
19645 o o o
19646
19647 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
19648
19649 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
19650
19651 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19652
19653 ;;;***
19654 \f
19655 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
19656 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
19657 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15542 22464))
19658 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
19659
19660 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
19661 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
19662 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
19663
19664 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
19665 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
19666 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
19667 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
19668 contiguous.
19669
19670 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
19671 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
19672 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19673 the sort order.
19674
19675 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
19676 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
19677
19678 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
19679 It moves point to the start of the next record.
19680 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
19681 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
19682 is called.
19683
19684 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
19685 It should move point to the end of the record.
19686
19687 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
19688 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
19689 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
19690 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
19691 starts at the beginning of the record.
19692
19693 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
19694 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
19695 same as ENDRECFUN.
19696
19697 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN)" nil nil)
19698
19699 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
19700 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
19701 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19702 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
19703 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19704 the sort order.
19705
19706 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
19707
19708 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
19709 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
19710 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19711 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
19712 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19713 the sort order.
19714
19715 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
19716
19717 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
19718 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
19719 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19720 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
19721 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19722 the sort order.
19723
19724 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
19725
19726 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
19727 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
19728 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
19729 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
19730 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
19731 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
19732 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
19733 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19734 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
19735
19736 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
19737
19738 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
19739 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
19740 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
19741 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
19742 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19743 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
19744 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19745 the sort order.
19746
19747 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
19748
19749 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
19750 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
19751 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
19752 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
19753 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
19754 is to be used for sorting.
19755 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
19756 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
19757 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
19758 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
19759 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
19760
19761 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
19762
19763 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19764 the sort order.
19765
19766 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
19767 starting with the letter \"f\",
19768 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
19769
19770 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
19771
19772 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
19773 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
19774 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
19775 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
19776 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
19777 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
19778 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19779 the sort order.
19780
19781 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
19782 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
19783 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
19784 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
19785 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
19786
19787 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
19788
19789 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
19790 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
19791 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
19792
19793 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19794
19795 ;;;***
19796 \f
19797 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
19798 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15858 26734))
19799 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
19800
19801 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
19802
19803 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
19804 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
19805 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
19806 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
19807 supported at a time.
19808 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
19809 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
19810
19811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19812
19813 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
19814 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
19815 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
19816 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
19817
19818 \(fn)" t nil)
19819
19820 ;;;***
19821 \f
19822 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
19823 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15185 49575))
19824 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
19825
19826 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
19827
19828 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
19829 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
19830 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
19831 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
19832 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
19833 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
19834
19835 \(fn)" t nil)
19836
19837 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
19838 Check spelling of word at or before point.
19839 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
19840 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
19841
19842 \(fn)" t nil)
19843
19844 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
19845 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
19846 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
19847 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
19848 for example, \"word\".
19849
19850 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
19851
19852 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
19853 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
19854
19855 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
19856
19857 ;;;***
19858 \f
19859 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
19860 ;;;;;; 44944))
19861 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
19862
19863 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
19864 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
19865
19866 \(fn)" t nil)
19867
19868 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
19869 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
19870
19871 \(fn)" nil nil)
19872
19873 ;;;***
19874 \f
19875 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
19876 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase
19877 ;;;;;; sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15836
19878 ;;;;;; 39390))
19879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
19880
19881 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
19882 Show short help for the SQL modes.
19883
19884 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
19885 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
19886
19887 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
19888
19889 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
19890 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
19891
19892 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
19893
19894 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
19895 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
19896 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
19897 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
19898 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
19899 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
19900 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
19901 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
19902
19903 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
19904
19905 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
19906 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
19907 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
19908 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
19909
19910 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
19911 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
19912 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
19913 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
19914
19915 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
19916 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
19917 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
19918
19919 \(fn)" t nil)
19920
19921 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
19922 Major mode to edit SQL.
19923
19924 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
19925 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
19926 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
19927
19928 \\{sql-mode-map}
19929 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
19930
19931 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
19932 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
19933 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
19934 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
19935 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
19936 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
19937
19938 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
19939 `sql-interactive-mode'.
19940
19941 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
19942 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
19943 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
19944
19945 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
19946 (lambda ()
19947 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
19948
19949 \(fn)" t nil)
19950
19951 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
19952 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
19953
19954 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19955 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19956 `*SQL*'.
19957
19958 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
19959 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
19960 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
19961 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
19962
19963 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19964 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19965
19966 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19967 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19968 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19969 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19970 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19971 `default-process-coding-system'.
19972
19973 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
19974
19975 \(fn)" t nil)
19976
19977 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
19978 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
19979
19980 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19981 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19982 `*SQL*'.
19983
19984 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
19985 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
19986 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
19987 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
19988
19989 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19990 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19991
19992 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19993 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19994 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19995 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19996 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19997 `default-process-coding-system'.
19998
19999 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20000
20001 \(fn)" t nil)
20002
20003 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
20004 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
20005
20006 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20007 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20008 `*SQL*'.
20009
20010 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
20011 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20012
20013 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20014 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20015
20016 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20017 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20018 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20019 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20020 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20021 `default-process-coding-system'.
20022
20023 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20024
20025 \(fn)" t nil)
20026
20027 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
20028 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
20029
20030 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
20031
20032 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20033 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20034 `*SQL*'.
20035
20036 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
20037 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20038 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20039 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
20040
20041 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20042 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20043
20044 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20045 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20046 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20047 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20048 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20049 `default-process-coding-system'.
20050
20051 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20052
20053 \(fn)" t nil)
20054
20055 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
20056 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
20057
20058 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20059 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20060 `*SQL*'.
20061
20062 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
20063 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
20064 defaults, if set.
20065
20066 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20067 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20068
20069 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20070 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20071 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20072 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20073 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20074 `default-process-coding-system'.
20075
20076 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20077
20078 \(fn)" t nil)
20079
20080 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
20081 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
20082
20083 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20084 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20085 `*SQL*'.
20086
20087 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
20088 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20089
20090 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20091 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20092
20093 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20094 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20095 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20096 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20097 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20098 `default-process-coding-system'.
20099
20100 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20101
20102 \(fn)" t nil)
20103
20104 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
20105 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
20106
20107 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20108 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20109 `*SQL*'.
20110
20111 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
20112 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
20113 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
20114 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
20115
20116 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20117 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20118
20119 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20120 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20121 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20122 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20123 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20124 `default-process-coding-system'.
20125
20126 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20127
20128 \(fn)" t nil)
20129
20130 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
20131 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
20132
20133 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20134 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20135 `*SQL*'.
20136
20137 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
20138 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
20139 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
20140 `sql-postgres-options'.
20141
20142 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20143 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20144
20145 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20146 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20147 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20148 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20149 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20150 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
20151 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
20152 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
20153
20154 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
20155 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
20156
20157 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20158
20159 \(fn)" t nil)
20160
20161 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
20162 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
20163
20164 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20165 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20166 `*SQL*'.
20167
20168 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
20169 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20170 defaults, if set.
20171
20172 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20173 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20174
20175 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20176 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20177 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20178 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20179 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20180 `default-process-coding-system'.
20181
20182 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20183
20184 \(fn)" t nil)
20185
20186 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
20187 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
20188
20189 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20190 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20191 `*SQL*'.
20192
20193 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
20194 automatic login.
20195
20196 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20197 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20198
20199 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
20200 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
20201 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
20202 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
20203
20204 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20205 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20206 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20207 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20208 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20209 `default-process-coding-system'.
20210
20211 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20212
20213 \(fn)" t nil)
20214
20215 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
20216 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
20217
20218 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20219 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20220 `*SQL*'.
20221
20222 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
20223 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
20224 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20225 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
20226 parameters.
20227
20228 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
20229 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
20230 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
20231 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
20232 an empty password.
20233
20234 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20235 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20236
20237 To use LINTER font locking by default, put this line into your .emacs :
20238 (setq sql-mode-font-lock-keywords sql-mode-linter-font-lock-keywords)
20239
20240 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20241
20242 \(fn)" t nil)
20243
20244 ;;;***
20245 \f
20246 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
20247 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
20248 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
20249 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
20250 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15663
20251 ;;;;;; 5577))
20252 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
20253
20254 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
20255 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
20256 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
20257 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
20258 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
20259 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
20260
20261 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
20262
20263 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
20264 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
20265 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
20266 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
20267 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
20268 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
20269 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
20270
20271 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
20272
20273 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
20274 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
20275 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
20276 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
20277 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
20278 then complete the stroke with button 3.
20279 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
20280
20281 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
20282
20283 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
20284 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
20285 This must be bound to a mouse event.
20286
20287 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
20288
20289 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
20290 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
20291 This must be bound to a mouse event.
20292
20293 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
20294
20295 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
20296 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
20297
20298 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
20299
20300 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
20301 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
20302
20303 \(fn)" t nil)
20304
20305 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
20306 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
20307
20308 \(fn)" t nil)
20309
20310 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
20311 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
20312 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
20313 chronologically by command name.
20314 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
20315
20316 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
20317
20318 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
20319 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
20320 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20321 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20322 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
20323
20324 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
20325
20326 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
20327 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
20328 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
20329 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
20330 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
20331 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
20332 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
20333
20334 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
20335 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
20336 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
20337 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
20338
20339 \\{strokes-mode-map}
20340
20341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20342
20343 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
20344 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
20345 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
20346 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
20347
20348 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
20349
20350 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
20351 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
20352
20353 \(fn)" t nil)
20354
20355 ;;;***
20356 \f
20357 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
20358 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15365 61265))
20359 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
20360
20361 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
20362 Studlify-case the region.
20363
20364 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
20365
20366 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
20367 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
20368
20369 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
20370
20371 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
20372 Studlify-case the current buffer.
20373
20374 \(fn)" t nil)
20375
20376 ;;;***
20377 \f
20378 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
20379 ;;;;;; (15497 10307))
20380 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
20381
20382 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
20383 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
20384 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
20385 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
20386 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
20387 original message but it does require a few things:
20388
20389 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
20390
20391 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
20392 reply buffer.
20393
20394 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
20395 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
20396 original message.
20397
20398 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
20399
20400 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
20401
20402 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
20403 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
20404 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
20405
20406 \(fn)" nil nil)
20407
20408 ;;;***
20409 \f
20410 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15741
20411 ;;;;;; 11077))
20412 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
20413
20414 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
20415 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
20416 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
20417 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
20418
20419 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
20420 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
20421 avoid a more expansive scan.
20422 Point is at POS when this function returns.
20423
20424 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
20425
20426 ;;;***
20427 \f
20428 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
20429 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
20430
20431 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
20432 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
20433 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
20434 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
20435 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
20436
20437 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20438
20439 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
20440 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
20441 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
20442 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
20443 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
20444 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
20445 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
20446
20447 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20448
20449 ;;;***
20450 \f
20451 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
20452 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
20453 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
20454 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
20455 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
20456 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
20457 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
20458 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
20459 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
20460 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
20461 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
20462 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
20463 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (15832 6361))
20464 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
20465
20466 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
20467 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
20468 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
20469
20470 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
20471
20472 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
20473 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
20474
20475 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
20476
20477 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
20478 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
20479
20480 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
20481
20482 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
20483 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
20484
20485 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
20486
20487 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
20488 Insert an editable text table.
20489 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
20490 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
20491 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
20492 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
20493 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
20494 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
20495 delimiting them.
20496
20497 Examples:
20498
20499 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
20500
20501 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
20502 location of point.
20503
20504 -!-
20505
20506 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
20507 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
20508 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
20509 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
20510 first cell.
20511
20512 +-----+-----+-----+
20513 |-!- | | |
20514 +-----+-----+-----+
20515
20516 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
20517
20518 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
20519 width, which results as
20520
20521 +--------------+-----+-----+
20522 |-!- | | |
20523 +--------------+-----+-----+
20524
20525 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
20526 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
20527
20528 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20529 | | |-!- |
20530 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20531
20532 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
20533 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
20534 width information to `table-insert'.
20535
20536 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
20537
20538 instead of
20539
20540 Cell width(s): 5
20541
20542 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
20543 work all together.
20544
20545 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
20546 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
20547
20548 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20549 |-!- | | |
20550 | | | |
20551 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20552
20553 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
20554
20555 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20556 |-!- | | |
20557 | | | |
20558 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20559 | | | |
20560 | | | |
20561 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20562
20563 Move the point under the table as shown below.
20564
20565 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20566 | | | |
20567 | | | |
20568 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20569 | | | |
20570 | | | |
20571 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20572 -!-
20573
20574 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
20575 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
20576 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
20577
20578 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20579 | | | |
20580 | | | |
20581 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20582 | | | |
20583 | | | |
20584 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20585 |-!- | | |
20586 | | | |
20587 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20588
20589 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
20590 results.
20591
20592 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20593 | | | |
20594 | | | |
20595 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20596 | | |Text editing inside the table |
20597 | | |cell produces reasonably |
20598 | | |expected results.-!- |
20599 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20600 | | | |
20601 | | | |
20602 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20603
20604 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
20605
20606 \\{table-cell-map}
20607
20608 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
20609
20610 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
20611 Insert N table row(s).
20612 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
20613 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
20614 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
20615 are appended at the bottom of the table.
20616
20617 \(fn N)" t nil)
20618
20619 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
20620 Insert N table column(s).
20621 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
20622 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
20623 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
20624 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
20625
20626 \(fn N)" t nil)
20627
20628 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
20629 Insert row(s) or column(s).
20630 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
20631
20632 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
20633
20634 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
20635 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
20636 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
20637 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
20638 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
20639 all the table specific features.
20640
20641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20642
20643 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
20644 Not documented
20645
20646 \(fn)" t nil)
20647
20648 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
20649 Recognize all tables within region.
20650 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
20651 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
20652 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
20653 specific features.
20654
20655 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
20656
20657 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
20658 Not documented
20659
20660 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20661
20662 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
20663 Recognize a table at point.
20664 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
20665 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
20666 the table specific features.
20667
20668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20669
20670 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
20671 Not documented
20672
20673 \(fn)" t nil)
20674
20675 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
20676 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
20677 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
20678 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
20679 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
20680 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
20681 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
20682
20683 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
20684
20685 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
20686 Not documented
20687
20688 \(fn)" t nil)
20689
20690 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
20691 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
20692 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
20693 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
20694 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
20695 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
20696 specified.
20697
20698 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
20699
20700 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
20701 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
20702 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
20703 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
20704 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
20705 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
20706 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
20707 table structure.
20708
20709 \(fn N)" t nil)
20710
20711 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
20712 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
20713 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
20714 table's rectangle structure.
20715
20716 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
20717
20718 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
20719 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
20720 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
20721 table's rectangle structure.
20722
20723 \(fn N)" t nil)
20724
20725 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
20726 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
20727 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
20728 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
20729 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
20730
20731 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
20732
20733 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
20734 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
20735 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
20736
20737 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
20738 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
20739 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
20740 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
20741 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
20742 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
20743 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
20744
20745 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
20746 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
20747 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
20748 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
20749 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
20750 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
20751 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
20752
20753 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
20754 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
20755 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
20756 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
20757 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
20758 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
20759 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
20760 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
20761
20762 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
20763
20764 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
20765 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
20766 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
20767 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
20768
20769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20770
20771 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
20772 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
20773 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
20774
20775 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
20776
20777 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
20778 Split current cell vertically.
20779 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
20780
20781 \(fn)" t nil)
20782
20783 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
20784 Split current cell horizontally.
20785 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
20786
20787 \(fn)" t nil)
20788
20789 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
20790 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
20791 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
20792
20793 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
20794
20795 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
20796 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
20797 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
20798 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
20799
20800 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20801
20802 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
20803 Justify cell contents.
20804 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
20805 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
20806 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
20807 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
20808
20809 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
20810
20811 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
20812 Justify cells of a row.
20813 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
20814 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
20815
20816 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20817
20818 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
20819 Justify cells of a column.
20820 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
20821 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
20822
20823 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20824
20825 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
20826 Toggle fixing width mode.
20827 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
20828 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
20829 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
20830
20831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20832
20833 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
20834 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
20835 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
20836 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
20837 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
20838 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
20839 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
20840 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
20841 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
20842 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
20843 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
20844
20845 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
20846
20847 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
20848 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
20849 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
20850 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
20851 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
20852 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
20853 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
20854 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
20855 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
20856 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
20857 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
20858 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
20859 untouched.
20860
20861 References used for this implementation:
20862
20863 HTML:
20864 http://www.w3.org
20865
20866 LaTeX:
20867 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
20868
20869 CALS (DocBook DTD):
20870 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
20871 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
20872
20873 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
20874
20875 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
20876 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
20877 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
20878 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
20879 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
20880 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
20881 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
20882 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
20883 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
20884 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
20885 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
20886 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
20887 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
20888 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
20889 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
20890 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
20891 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
20892
20893 Example:
20894
20895 (progn
20896 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
20897 (table-forward-cell 15)
20898 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
20899 (table-forward-cell 16)
20900 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
20901 (table-forward-cell 1)
20902 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
20903
20904 (progn
20905 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
20906 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
20907 (table-forward-cell 1)
20908 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
20909
20910 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20911
20912 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
20913 Delete N row(s) of cells.
20914 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
20915 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
20916 consists from cells of same height.
20917
20918 \(fn N)" t nil)
20919
20920 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
20921 Delete N column(s) of cells.
20922 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
20923 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
20924 column must consists from cells of same width.
20925
20926 \(fn N)" t nil)
20927
20928 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
20929 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
20930 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
20931 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
20932 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
20933 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
20934 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
20935 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
20936 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
20937 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
20938 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
20939 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
20940 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
20941 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
20942 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
20943
20944
20945 Example 1:
20946
20947 1, 2, 3, 4
20948 5, 6, 7, 8
20949 , 9, 10
20950
20951 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
20952 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
20953 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
20954 specified as 5.
20955
20956 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
20957 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
20958 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
20959 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
20960 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
20961 | | 9 | 10 | |
20962 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
20963
20964 Note:
20965
20966 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
20967 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
20968 of each row is optional.
20969
20970
20971 Example 2:
20972
20973 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
20974 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
20975 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
20976 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
20977 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
20978
20979 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
20980 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
20981
20982 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
20983 expression and raw delimiter regular
20984 expression, it parses the specified text
20985 area and extracts cell items from
20986 non-table text and then forms a table out
20987 of them.
20988
20989 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
20990 creates a single cell table. The text in
20991 the specified region is placed in that
20992 cell.-*-
20993
20994 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
20995 like this.
20996
20997 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
20998 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
20999 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21000 | |
21001 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
21002 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
21003 | expression, it parses the specified text |
21004 | area and extracts cell items from |
21005 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
21006 | of them. |
21007 | |
21008 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
21009 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
21010 | the specified region is placed in that |
21011 | cell. |
21012 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21013
21014 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
21015 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
21016 independently.
21017
21018 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21019 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21020 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21021 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21022 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
21023 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
21024 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
21025 | |area and extracts cell items from |
21026 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
21027 | |of them. |
21028 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21029 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
21030 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
21031 | |the specified region is placed in that |
21032 | |cell. |
21033 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21034
21035 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
21036 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
21037 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
21038
21039 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
21040
21041 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
21042 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
21043 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
21044 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
21045 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
21046
21047 \(fn)" t nil)
21048
21049 ;;;***
21050 \f
21051 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15568 53176))
21052 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
21053
21054 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
21055 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
21056
21057 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
21058
21059 ;;;***
21060 \f
21061 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15764 50629))
21062 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
21063
21064 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
21065 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
21066 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
21067 Letters no longer insert themselves.
21068 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
21069 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
21070 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
21071
21072 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
21073 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
21074 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
21075 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
21076
21077 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
21078 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
21079
21080 ;;;***
21081 \f
21082 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
21083 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15818 34121))
21084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
21085
21086 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
21087 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
21088 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
21089 Tab indents for Tcl code.
21090 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21091 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21092
21093 Variables controlling indentation style:
21094 `tcl-indent-level'
21095 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
21096 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
21097 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
21098
21099 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
21100 documentation for details):
21101 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
21102 Controls action of TAB key.
21103 `tcl-auto-newline'
21104 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
21105 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
21106 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
21107 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
21108 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
21109
21110 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
21111 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
21112 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
21113 already exist.
21114
21115 Commands:
21116 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
21117
21118 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
21119 Run inferior Tcl process.
21120 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
21121 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
21122
21123 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
21124
21125 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
21126 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
21127 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
21128
21129 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
21130
21131 ;;;***
21132 \f
21133 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15430 11124))
21134 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
21135 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
21136
21137 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
21138 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
21139 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
21140 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
21141 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
21142 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
21143 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
21144
21145 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21146 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
21147
21148 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
21149 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
21150 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
21151 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
21152
21153 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21154
21155 ;;;***
21156 \f
21157 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15548
21158 ;;;;;; 29279))
21159 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
21160
21161 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
21162 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
21163 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
21164 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
21165 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
21166 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
21167
21168 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
21169
21170 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
21171 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
21172
21173 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
21174
21175 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
21176 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
21177
21178 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
21179
21180 ;;;***
21181 \f
21182 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15490
21183 ;;;;;; 38811))
21184 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
21185
21186 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
21187 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
21188 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
21189 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
21190 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
21191 program as keyboard input.
21192
21193 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
21194 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
21195 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
21196 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
21197
21198 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
21199 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
21200 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
21201 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
21202 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
21203
21204 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
21205
21206 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
21207 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
21208 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
21209 terminal-redisplay-interval.
21210
21211 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
21212 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
21213 subprocess started.
21214
21215 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
21216
21217 ;;;***
21218 \f
21219 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
21220 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (15765 63714))
21221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
21222
21223 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
21224 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
21225 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
21226 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
21227 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
21228
21229 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
21230
21231 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
21232 Start coverage on function under point.
21233
21234 \(fn)" t nil)
21235
21236 ;;;***
21237 \f
21238 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15745 59717))
21239 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
21240
21241 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
21242 Play the Tetris game.
21243 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
21244 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
21245 as to form complete rows.
21246
21247 tetris-mode keybindings:
21248 \\<tetris-mode-map>
21249 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
21250 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
21251 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
21252 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
21253 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
21254 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
21255 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
21256 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
21257
21258 nil(fn)" t nil)
21259
21260 ;;;***
21261 \f
21262 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
21263 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
21264 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21265 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
21266 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
21267 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
21268 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
21269 ;;;;;; (15878 13994))
21270 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
21271
21272 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
21273 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
21274
21275 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
21276
21277 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
21278 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
21279 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
21280 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
21281 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
21282
21283 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
21284
21285 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
21286 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
21287 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
21288 if it matches the first line of the file,
21289 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
21290
21291 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
21292
21293 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
21294 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
21295 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
21296 if the variable is non-nil.")
21297
21298 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
21299
21300 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
21301 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
21302
21303 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
21304
21305 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
21306 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
21307 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
21308 See the documentation of that variable.")
21309
21310 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
21311
21312 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
21313 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
21314 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
21315 See the documentation of that variable.")
21316
21317 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
21318
21319 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
21320 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
21321 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
21322 See the documentation of that variable.")
21323
21324 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
21325
21326 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
21327 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
21328 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
21329 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
21330 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
21331
21332 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
21333
21334 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
21335 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
21336 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
21337 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
21338
21339 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
21340
21341 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
21342 *User defined LaTeX block names.
21343 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
21344
21345 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
21346
21347 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
21348 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
21349 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21350 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
21351
21352 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
21353
21354 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
21355 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
21356 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21357 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
21358
21359 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
21360
21361 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
21362 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
21363 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21364 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
21365
21366 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
21367 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
21368 for example,
21369
21370 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21371 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
21372
21373 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
21374 use.")
21375
21376 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
21377
21378 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) "\
21379 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
21380 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
21381 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21382 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
21383
21384 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
21385
21386 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
21387
21388 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
21389 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
21390 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
21391
21392 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
21393
21394 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
21395 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
21396 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
21397 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
21398 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
21399
21400 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
21401
21402 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
21403 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
21404
21405 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
21406
21407 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
21408 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
21409
21410 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
21411
21412 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
21413 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
21414 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
21415 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
21416 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
21417 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
21418 says which mode to use.
21419
21420 \(fn)" t nil)
21421
21422 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
21423
21424 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
21425
21426 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
21427
21428 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
21429 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
21430 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
21431 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
21432 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
21433
21434 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
21435 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
21436 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
21437 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
21438 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
21439 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
21440 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
21441
21442 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
21443 mismatched $'s or braces.
21444
21445 Special commands:
21446 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
21447
21448 Mode variables:
21449 tex-run-command
21450 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21451 tex-directory
21452 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
21453 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21454 tex-dvi-print-command
21455 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
21456 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21457 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
21458 argument) to print a .dvi file.
21459 tex-dvi-view-command
21460 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
21461 tex-show-queue-command
21462 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
21463 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
21464
21465 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
21466 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
21467 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
21468
21469 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
21470 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
21471 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
21472 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
21473 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
21474
21475 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
21476 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
21477 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
21478 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
21479 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
21480 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
21481 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
21482
21483 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
21484 mismatched $'s or braces.
21485
21486 Special commands:
21487 \\{latex-mode-map}
21488
21489 Mode variables:
21490 latex-run-command
21491 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21492 tex-directory
21493 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
21494 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21495 tex-dvi-print-command
21496 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
21497 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21498 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
21499 argument) to print a .dvi file.
21500 tex-dvi-view-command
21501 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
21502 tex-show-queue-command
21503 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
21504 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
21505
21506 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
21507 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
21508 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
21509
21510 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
21511 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
21512 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
21513 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
21514 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
21515
21516 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
21517 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
21518 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
21519 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
21520 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
21521 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
21522 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
21523
21524 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
21525 mismatched $'s or braces.
21526
21527 Special commands:
21528 \\{slitex-mode-map}
21529
21530 Mode variables:
21531 slitex-run-command
21532 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21533 tex-directory
21534 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
21535 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21536 tex-dvi-print-command
21537 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
21538 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21539 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
21540 argument) to print a .dvi file.
21541 tex-dvi-view-command
21542 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
21543 tex-show-queue-command
21544 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
21545 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
21546
21547 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
21548 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
21549 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
21550 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
21551
21552 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
21553 Not documented
21554
21555 \(fn)" nil nil)
21556
21557 ;;;***
21558 \f
21559 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
21560 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15878 14033))
21561 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
21562
21563 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
21564 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
21565 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
21566 name specified in the @setfilename command.
21567
21568 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
21569 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
21570 Info-split to do these manually.
21571
21572 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
21573
21574 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
21575 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
21576 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
21577 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
21578 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
21579
21580 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
21581
21582 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
21583 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
21584 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
21585 names specified in the @setfilename command.
21586
21587 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
21588 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
21589 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
21590 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
21591
21592 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
21593 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
21594
21595 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
21596
21597 ;;;***
21598 \f
21599 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
21600 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15806 15936))
21601 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
21602
21603 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
21604 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
21605
21606 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
21607
21608 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
21609 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
21610
21611 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
21612
21613 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
21614 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
21615
21616 It has these extra commands:
21617 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
21618
21619 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
21620 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
21621 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
21622 modified version of TeX input format.
21623
21624 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
21625 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
21626 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
21627 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
21628
21629 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
21630 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
21631 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
21632 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
21633 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
21634 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
21635 in the Texinfo file.
21636
21637 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
21638 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
21639 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
21640 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
21641 move forward past the closing brace.
21642
21643 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
21644 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
21645
21646 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
21647 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
21648 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
21649
21650 Here are the functions:
21651
21652 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
21653 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
21654 texinfo-sequential-node-update
21655
21656 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
21657 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
21658 texinfo-master-menu
21659
21660 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
21661
21662 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
21663 which menu descriptions are indented.
21664
21665 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
21666 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
21667 in the region.
21668
21669 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
21670 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
21671 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
21672 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
21673
21674 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
21675 be the first node in the file.
21676
21677 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
21678 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
21679
21680 ;;;***
21681 \f
21682 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
21683 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
21684 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15805 19733))
21685 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
21686
21687 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
21688 Compose Thai characters in the region.
21689 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
21690 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
21691
21692 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21693
21694 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
21695 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
21696
21697 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21698
21699 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
21700 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
21701
21702 \(fn)" t nil)
21703
21704 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
21705 Not documented
21706
21707 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
21708
21709 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
21710 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
21711 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
21712 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
21713 to compose.
21714
21715 The return value is number of composed characters.
21716
21717 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
21718
21719 ;;;***
21720 \f
21721 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
21722 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
21723 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15786 7543))
21724 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
21725
21726 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
21727 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
21728
21729 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
21730
21731 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21732 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
21733 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
21734 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
21735 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
21736
21737 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
21738 a symbol as a valid THING.
21739
21740 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
21741 of the textual entity that was found.
21742
21743 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
21744
21745 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21746 Return the THING at point.
21747 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
21748 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
21749 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
21750
21751 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
21752 a symbol as a valid THING.
21753
21754 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
21755
21756 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21757 Not documented
21758
21759 \(fn)" nil nil)
21760
21761 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21762 Not documented
21763
21764 \(fn)" nil nil)
21765
21766 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21767 Not documented
21768
21769 \(fn)" nil nil)
21770
21771 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21772 Not documented
21773
21774 \(fn)" nil nil)
21775
21776 ;;;***
21777 \f
21778 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
21779 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
21780 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
21781 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
21782 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
21783 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (15576 33872))
21784 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
21785
21786 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
21787 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
21788 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
21789
21790 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
21791
21792 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
21793 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
21794
21795 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21796
21797 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
21798 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
21799 The returned string has no composition information.
21800
21801 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21802
21803 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
21804 Compose Tibetan string STR.
21805
21806 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21807
21808 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
21809 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
21810
21811 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21812
21813 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
21814 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
21815 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
21816 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
21817
21818 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21819
21820 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
21821 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
21822 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
21823 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
21824
21825 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21826
21827 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
21828 Not documented
21829
21830 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
21831
21832 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
21833 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
21834 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
21835
21836 \(fn)" t nil)
21837
21838 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
21839 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
21840 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
21841
21842 \(fn)" t nil)
21843
21844 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
21845 Not documented
21846
21847 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
21848
21849 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
21850 Not documented
21851
21852 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21853
21854 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
21855 Not documented
21856
21857 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21858
21859 ;;;***
21860 \f
21861 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
21862 ;;;;;; (15489 14486))
21863 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
21864
21865 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
21866 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
21867 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
21868 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
21869 parameters.
21870 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
21871
21872 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21873
21874 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
21875 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
21876 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
21877 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
21878 parameters.
21879 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
21880
21881 \(fn)" t nil)
21882
21883 ;;;***
21884 \f
21885 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
21886 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15747 59317))
21887 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
21888
21889 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
21890 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
21891
21892 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
21893
21894 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
21895 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
21896 This display updates automatically every minute.
21897 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
21898 are displayed as well.
21899 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
21900
21901 \(fn)" t nil)
21902
21903 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
21904 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
21905 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21906 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21907 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
21908
21909 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
21910
21911 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
21912 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
21913 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
21914
21915 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
21916 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
21917 are displayed as well.
21918 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
21919
21920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21921
21922 ;;;***
21923 \f
21924 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
21925 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
21926 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
21927 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
21928 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
21929
21930 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
21931 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
21932
21933 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
21934
21935 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
21936 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
21937
21938 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
21939
21940 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
21941 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
21942
21943 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
21944
21945 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
21946 Convert DAYS into a time value.
21947
21948 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
21949
21950 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
21951 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
21952 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
21953
21954 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
21955
21956 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
21957
21958 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
21959 Subtract two time values.
21960 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
21961
21962 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
21963
21964 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
21965 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
21966
21967 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
21968
21969 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
21970 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
21971 DATE should be a date-time string.
21972
21973 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
21974
21975 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
21976 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
21977 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
21978
21979 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
21980
21981 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
21982 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
21983
21984 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
21985
21986 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
21987 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
21988
21989 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
21990
21991 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
21992 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
21993 TIME should be a time value.
21994 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
21995
21996 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
21997
21998 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
21999 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22000 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
22001
22002 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22003
22004 ;;;***
22005 \f
22006 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
22007 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15744 11845))
22008 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
22009
22010 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
22011 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
22012 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
22013 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
22014 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
22015 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
22016 look like one of the following:
22017 Time-stamp: <>
22018 Time-stamp: \" \"
22019 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
22020 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
22021 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
22022 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
22023 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
22024 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
22025 template.
22026
22027 \(fn)" t nil)
22028
22029 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
22030 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
22031 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
22032
22033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22034
22035 ;;;***
22036 \f
22037 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
22038 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
22039 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
22040 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
22041 ;;;;;; (15820 7815))
22042 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
22043
22044 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
22045 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
22046 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
22047 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
22048 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
22049 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
22050 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
22051 \(non-nil means on).
22052
22053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22054
22055 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
22056 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22057 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
22058 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
22059 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
22060 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
22061 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
22062 this function is called within a day.
22063
22064 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
22065 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
22066 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
22067 discover the name of the project.
22068
22069 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
22070
22071 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
22072 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22073 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
22074 begun during the last time segment.
22075
22076 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
22077 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
22078 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
22079 discover the reason.
22080
22081 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
22082
22083 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
22084 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
22085
22086 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22087
22088 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
22089 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
22090 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
22091 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
22092 project you were working on.
22093
22094 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
22095
22096 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
22097 Ask the user before clocking out.
22098 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'.
22099
22100 \(fn)" nil nil)
22101
22102 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
22103 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
22104 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
22105
22106 \(fn)" t nil)
22107
22108 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
22109 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
22110 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
22111 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
22112 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
22113 \"relative to today\".
22114
22115 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22116
22117 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
22118 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
22119 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
22120 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
22121
22122 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
22123
22124 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
22125 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
22126 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
22127 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
22128 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
22129 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
22130 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
22131 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
22132 non-nil.
22133
22134 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22135
22136 ;;;***
22137 \f
22138 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
22139 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
22140 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15670 55400))
22141 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
22142
22143 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
22144
22145 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
22146 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
22147
22148 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
22149
22150 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
22151 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
22152
22153 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
22154
22155 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
22156 Perform an action at time TIME.
22157 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
22158 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
22159 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
22160 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
22161 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
22162 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22163
22164 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22165
22166 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22167
22168 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
22169 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
22170 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
22171 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
22172 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22173
22174 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22175
22176 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22177
22178 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
22179 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
22180 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
22181 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
22182
22183 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
22184
22185 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
22186 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
22187 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22188 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
22189
22190 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
22191 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
22192
22193 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22194
22195 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22196 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
22197
22198 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
22199 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
22200 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
22201 The call should look like:
22202 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
22203 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
22204 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
22205 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
22206 be detected.
22207
22208 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
22209
22210 ;;;***
22211 \f
22212 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
22213 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15860 11582))
22214 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
22215
22216 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
22217 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
22218 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
22219 the generated Quail package is saved.
22220
22221 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
22222
22223 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
22224 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
22225 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
22226 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
22227 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
22228 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
22229 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
22230
22231 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
22232
22233 ;;;***
22234 \f
22235 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
22236 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15556 11342))
22237 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
22238 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
22239 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
22240 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
22241
22242 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
22243 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
22244 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
22245 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
22246 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
22247
22248 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
22249
22250 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
22251 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
22252 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
22253 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
22254 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
22255
22256 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
22257
22258 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
22259 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
22260 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
22261 in the menu in two ways:
22262 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
22263 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
22264 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
22265
22266 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
22267 keymap or an alist of alists.
22268 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
22269 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
22270
22271 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
22272
22273 ;;;***
22274 \f
22275 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
22276 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
22277 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 46974))
22278 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
22279
22280 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
22281 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
22282
22283 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
22284
22285 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
22286 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
22287
22288 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
22289
22290 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
22291 Insert new TODO list entry.
22292 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
22293 category.
22294
22295 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22296
22297 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
22298 List top priorities for each category.
22299
22300 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
22301 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
22302
22303 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
22304 between each category.
22305
22306 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
22307
22308 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
22309 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
22310 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
22311 between each category.
22312
22313 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
22314
22315 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
22316
22317 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
22318 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
22319
22320 \\{todo-mode-map}
22321
22322 \(fn)" t nil)
22323
22324 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
22325 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
22326
22327 \(fn)" nil nil)
22328
22329 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
22330 Show TODO list.
22331
22332 \(fn)" t nil)
22333
22334 ;;;***
22335 \f
22336 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
22337 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
22338 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15668 41521))
22339 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
22340
22341 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
22342 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
22343 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22344 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22345 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
22346
22347 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
22348
22349 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
22350 Toggle use of the tool bar.
22351 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
22352
22353 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
22354 conveniently adding tool bar items.
22355
22356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22357
22358 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
22359
22360 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
22361 Add an item to the tool bar.
22362 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
22363 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
22364 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
22365 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
22366
22367 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
22368 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
22369 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
22370
22371 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
22372 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
22373
22374 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
22375
22376 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
22377 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
22378 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
22379 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
22380 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
22381 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
22382
22383 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
22384 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
22385 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
22386
22387 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
22388
22389 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
22390 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
22391 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
22392 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
22393 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
22394 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
22395 properties to add to the binding.
22396
22397 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
22398
22399 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
22400 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
22401
22402 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
22403
22404 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
22405 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
22406 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
22407 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
22408 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
22409 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
22410 properties to add to the binding.
22411
22412 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
22413
22414 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
22415
22416 ;;;***
22417 \f
22418 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
22419 ;;;;;; (15877 1394))
22420 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
22421
22422 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
22423 Mode for tooltip display.
22424 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
22425
22426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22427
22428 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
22429 Toggle tooltip-mode.
22430 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22431 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
22432
22433 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
22434
22435 ;;;***
22436 \f
22437 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15651
22438 ;;;;;; 2747))
22439 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
22440
22441 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
22442
22443 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
22444
22445 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
22446 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
22447
22448 \(fn)" t nil)
22449
22450 ;;;***
22451 \f
22452 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
22453 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15186 56483))
22454 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
22455
22456 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
22457 Set scroll margins.
22458
22459 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
22460
22461 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
22462 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
22463
22464 \(fn)" t nil)
22465
22466 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
22467 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
22468
22469 \(fn)" t nil)
22470
22471 ;;;***
22472 \f
22473 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15293 32313))
22474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
22475
22476 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
22477 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
22478 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
22479 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
22480 to a tcp server on another machine.
22481
22482 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
22483
22484 ;;;***
22485 \f
22486 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
22487 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15761 63033))
22488 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
22489
22490 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
22491 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
22492
22493 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
22494
22495 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
22496 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
22497 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
22498 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
22499 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
22500 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
22501 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
22502 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
22503
22504 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22505
22506 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
22507 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
22508 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
22509 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
22510 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
22511 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
22512 the window or buffer configuration at all.
22513
22514 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22515
22516 ;;;***
22517 \f
22518 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
22519 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
22520 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (15883 27383))
22521 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
22522
22523 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
22524 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
22525 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
22526
22527 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
22528 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
22529 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
22530 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
22531
22532 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
22533 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
22534 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
22535 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
22536
22537 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
22538 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
22539 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
22540 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
22541 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
22542 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
22543 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
22544 files which are not really tramp files.
22545
22546 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
22547 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
22548 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
22549 updated after changing this variable.
22550
22551 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
22552
22553 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
22554
22555 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
22556 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
22557 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
22558 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
22559
22560 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
22561 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
22562 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
22563 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
22564
22565 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
22566 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
22567 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
22568
22569 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
22570 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
22571 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
22572 updated after changing this variable.
22573
22574 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
22575
22576 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
22577
22578 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
22579 Invoke tramp file name handler.
22580 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
22581
22582 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22583
22584 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
22585 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
22586 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
22587
22588 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22589
22590 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
22591
22592 ;;;***
22593 \f
22594 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
22595 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15304 37383))
22596 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
22597 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
22598 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
22599 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
22600
22601 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
22602 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
22603 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
22604 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
22605 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
22606 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
22607 first and the associated buffer to its right.
22608
22609 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22610
22611 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
22612 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
22613 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
22614 accepting the proposed default buffer.
22615
22616 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
22617
22618 \(fn)" t nil)
22619
22620 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
22621 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
22622 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
22623 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
22624 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
22625 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
22626 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
22627
22628 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
22629 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
22630
22631 First column's text sSs Second column's text
22632 \\___/\\
22633 / \\
22634 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
22635
22636 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
22637
22638 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22639
22640 ;;;***
22641 \f
22642 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
22643 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
22644 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
22645 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14890 29229))
22646 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
22647
22648 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
22649 Toggle typing break mode.
22650 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
22651 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22652 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
22653
22654 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
22655
22656 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
22657 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
22658
22659 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
22660
22661 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
22662 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
22663
22664 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
22665 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
22666 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
22667
22668 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
22669 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
22670
22671 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
22672
22673 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
22674 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
22675 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
22676
22677 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
22678 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
22679 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
22680 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
22681 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
22682 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
22683
22684 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
22685 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
22686 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
22687 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
22688
22689 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
22690 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
22691
22692 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
22693 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
22694
22695 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
22696
22697 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
22698 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
22699 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
22700
22701 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
22702 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
22703 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
22704 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
22705 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
22706 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
22707 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
22708
22709 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
22710 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
22711
22712 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
22713 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
22714 reset the keystroke counter.
22715
22716 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
22717 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
22718 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
22719 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
22720
22721 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
22722 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
22723 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
22724 `type-break-schedule' command.
22725
22726 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
22727 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
22728 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
22729 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
22730 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
22731 or not to continue.
22732
22733 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
22734 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
22735 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
22736 approximate good values for this.
22737
22738 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
22739 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
22740
22741 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
22742 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
22743 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
22744 `type-break-warning-repeat'
22745 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
22746 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
22747
22748 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
22749 a typing break occur. They include:
22750
22751 `type-break-query-mode'
22752 `type-break-query-function'
22753 `type-break-query-interval'
22754
22755 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
22756
22757 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22758
22759 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
22760 Take a typing break.
22761
22762 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
22763 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
22764
22765 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
22766 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
22767
22768 \(fn)" t nil)
22769
22770 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
22771 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
22772 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
22773 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
22774
22775 \(fn)" t nil)
22776
22777 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
22778 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
22779
22780 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
22781 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
22782 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
22783 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
22784 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
22785 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
22786 average typing speed.)
22787
22788 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
22789 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
22790 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
22791 the computed maximum threshold.
22792
22793 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
22794 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
22795 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
22796 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
22797 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
22798
22799 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
22800
22801 ;;;***
22802 \f
22803 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
22804 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15185 49575))
22805 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
22806
22807 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
22808 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
22809 Works by overstriking underscores.
22810 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
22811 which specify the range to operate on.
22812
22813 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22814
22815 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
22816 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
22817 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
22818 which specify the range to operate on.
22819
22820 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22821
22822 ;;;***
22823 \f
22824 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
22825 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15899 8438))
22826 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
22827
22828 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
22829 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
22830 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
22831
22832 \(fn)" t nil)
22833
22834 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
22835 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
22836 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
22837 following the containing message.
22838
22839 \(fn)" t nil)
22840
22841 ;;;***
22842 \f
22843 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
22844 ;;;;;; (15763 33775))
22845 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
22846
22847 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
22848 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
22849 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
22850 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
22851 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
22852 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
22853
22854 \(fn)" nil nil)
22855
22856 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
22857 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
22858
22859 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
22860
22861 ;;;***
22862 \f
22863 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (15804
22864 ;;;;;; 5562))
22865 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
22866
22867 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
22868 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
22869 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
22870 of symbols with local bindings.
22871
22872 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
22873
22874 ;;;***
22875 \f
22876 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
22877 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15764 44217))
22878 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
22879
22880 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
22881 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
22882 This function has a choice of three things to do:
22883 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
22884 to refrain from editing the file
22885 return t (grab the lock on the file)
22886 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
22887 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
22888 in any way you like.
22889
22890 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
22891
22892 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
22893 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
22894 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
22895 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
22896 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
22897
22898 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
22899 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
22900
22901 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
22902
22903 ;;;***
22904 \f
22905 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
22906 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15185 54813))
22907 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
22908
22909 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
22910 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
22911 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
22912 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
22913
22914 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22915
22916 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
22917 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
22918 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
22919
22920 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22921
22922 ;;;***
22923 \f
22924 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
22925 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
22926 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
22927 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
22928 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
22929 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
22930 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15883 3173))
22931 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
22932
22933 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
22934 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
22935 See `run-hooks'.")
22936
22937 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
22938
22939 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
22940 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
22941 See `run-hooks'.")
22942
22943 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
22944
22945 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
22946 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
22947 See `run-hooks'.")
22948
22949 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
22950
22951 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
22952 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
22953
22954 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
22955
22956 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
22957 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
22958 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
22959 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
22960 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
22961 somebody else, signal error.
22962
22963 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
22964
22965 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
22966 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
22967 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
22968 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
22969 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
22970
22971 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
22972
22973 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
22974 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
22975 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
22976 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
22977 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
22978 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
22979 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
22980 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
22981 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
22982 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
22983 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
22984
22985 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
22986
22987 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
22988 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
22989
22990 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
22991 it will operate on the file in the current line.
22992
22993 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
22994 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
22995 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
22996 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
22997 lock steals will raise an error.
22998
22999 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
23000
23001 For RCS and SCCS files:
23002 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23003 control.
23004 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
23005 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
23006 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
23007 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
23008 it performs a revert.
23009 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
23010 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
23011 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
23012 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
23013 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
23014 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
23015 the option to steal the lock.
23016
23017 For CVS files:
23018 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23019 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
23020 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
23021 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
23022 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
23023 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
23024 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
23025 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
23026 merge in the changes into your working copy.
23027
23028 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
23029
23030 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
23031 Register the current file into a version control system.
23032 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
23033 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
23034
23035 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
23036 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
23037 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
23038 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
23039 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
23040 first backend that could register the file is used.
23041
23042 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
23043
23044 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
23045 Display diffs between file versions.
23046 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
23047 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
23048 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
23049 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
23050 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
23051 saving the buffer.
23052
23053 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
23054
23055 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
23056 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
23057 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
23058 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
23059
23060 \(fn REV)" t nil)
23061
23062 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
23063 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
23064 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
23065 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
23066
23067 \(fn)" t nil)
23068
23069 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
23070 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
23071 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
23072 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
23073 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
23074 from the current branch.
23075
23076 See Info node `Merging'.
23077
23078 \(fn)" t nil)
23079
23080 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
23081
23082 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
23083 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
23084
23085 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
23086
23087 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
23088 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
23089
23090 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
23091
23092 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
23093 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
23094 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
23095 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
23096 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
23097 are checked out in that new branch.
23098
23099 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
23100
23101 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
23102 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
23103 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
23104 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
23105 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
23106 allowed and simply skipped).
23107
23108 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
23109
23110 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
23111 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
23112
23113 \(fn)" t nil)
23114
23115 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
23116 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
23117 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
23118 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
23119 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
23120
23121 \(fn)" t nil)
23122
23123 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
23124 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
23125 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
23126 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
23127 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
23128 the current branch are merged into the working file.
23129
23130 \(fn)" t nil)
23131
23132 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
23133 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
23134 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
23135
23136 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
23137
23138 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
23139 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
23140 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
23141 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
23142 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
23143 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
23144 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
23145
23146 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
23147
23148 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
23149 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
23150 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
23151 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
23152 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
23153 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
23154 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
23155 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
23156 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
23157
23158 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
23159
23160 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
23161 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
23162
23163 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
23164
23165 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
23166 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
23167 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
23168 directory.
23169
23170 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
23171
23172 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
23173 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
23174 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
23175
23176 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
23177 log entries should be gathered.
23178
23179 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23180
23181 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
23182 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
23183
23184 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
23185 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
23186 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
23187 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
23188 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
23189 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
23190
23191 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
23192 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
23193 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
23194 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
23195 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
23196 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
23197 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
23198 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
23199
23200 Customization variables:
23201
23202 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
23203 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
23204 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
23205 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
23206
23207 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
23208
23209 ;;;***
23210 \f
23211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15883 3260))
23212 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
23213 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
23214 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
23215 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
23216 (load "vc-cvs")
23217 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
23218
23219 ;;;***
23220 \f
23221 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
23222 ;;;;;; (15899 8438))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
23224
23225 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
23226 *Where to look for RCS master files.
23227 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
23228
23229 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
23230 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
23231
23232 ;;;***
23233 \f
23234 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
23235 ;;;;;; (15883 3347))
23236 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
23237
23238 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
23239 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
23240 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
23241
23242 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
23243 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
23244
23245 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
23246 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
23247 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
23248 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
23249
23250 ;;;***
23251 \f
23252 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
23253 ;;;;;; (15834 29506))
23254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
23255
23256 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
23257 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
23258
23259 Usage:
23260 ------
23261
23262 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
23263 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
23264 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
23265 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
23266 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
23267 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
23268 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
23269 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
23270 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
23271 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
23272 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
23273 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
23274 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
23275 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
23276 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
23277 The following abbreviations can also be used:
23278 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
23279 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
23280 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
23281
23282 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
23283 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
23284 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
23285
23286 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
23287 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
23288 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
23289 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
23290 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
23291 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
23292 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
23293 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
23294 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
23295
23296 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
23297 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
23298 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
23299 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
23300 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
23301 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
23302 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
23303 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
23304
23305 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
23306 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
23307 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
23308
23309 - COMMENTS:
23310 `--' puts a single comment.
23311 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
23312 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
23313 comment in between.
23314 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
23315 following lines.
23316 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
23317 uncomments a region if already commented out.
23318
23319 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
23320 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
23321 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
23322 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
23323 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
23324 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
23325 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
23326 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
23327 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
23328 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
23329 multi-line comments.
23330
23331 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
23332 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
23333 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
23334 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
23335 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
23336 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
23337 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
23338 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
23339 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
23340
23341 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
23342 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
23343 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
23344 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
23345 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
23346 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
23347 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
23348 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
23349 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
23350 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
23351
23352 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
23353 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
23354 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
23355 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
23356 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
23357 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
23358 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
23359 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
23360 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
23361 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
23362 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
23363 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
23364 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
23365
23366 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
23367
23368 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
23369 menu).
23370
23371 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
23372
23373 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
23374 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
23375 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
23376 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
23377 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
23378
23379 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
23380 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
23381 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
23382 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
23383 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
23384 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
23385 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
23386 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
23387 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
23388
23389 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
23390 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
23391 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
23392 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
23393 specified.
23394
23395 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
23396 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
23397 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
23398 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
23399 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
23400 the current directory for VHDL source files.
23401
23402 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
23403 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
23404 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
23405 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
23406 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
23407 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
23408 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
23409 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
23410 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
23411 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
23412 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
23413
23414 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
23415 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
23416 Math Packages.
23417
23418 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
23419 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
23420 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
23421 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
23422 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
23423 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
23424 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
23425 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
23426
23427 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
23428 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
23429 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
23430 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
23431 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
23432 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
23433
23434 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
23435 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
23436 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
23437 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
23438 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
23439
23440 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
23441 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
23442 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
23443 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
23444 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
23445
23446 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
23447 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
23448 highlighted if written in lower case.
23449
23450 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
23451 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
23452 is non-nil.
23453
23454 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
23455 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
23456 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
23457
23458 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
23459 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
23460 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
23461
23462 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
23463 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
23464 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
23465
23466 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
23467 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
23468 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
23469 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
23470 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
23471 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
23472 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
23473
23474 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
23475 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
23476 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
23477 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
23478 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
23479
23480 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
23481 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
23482 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
23483 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
23484
23485 - HINTS:
23486 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
23487
23488
23489 Maintenance:
23490 ------------
23491
23492 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
23493 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
23494
23495 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
23496
23497 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
23498 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
23499 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
23500 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
23501
23502 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
23503 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
23504 version and release notes can be found.
23505
23506
23507 Bugs and Limitations:
23508 ---------------------
23509
23510 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
23511 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
23512 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
23513 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
23514 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
23515 does not work under XEmacs.
23516
23517
23518 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
23519 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
23520
23521 Key bindings:
23522 -------------
23523
23524 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
23525
23526 \(fn)" t nil)
23527
23528 ;;;***
23529 \f
23530 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15186 53885))
23531 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
23532
23533 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
23534 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
23535 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
23536 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
23537
23538 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
23539 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
23540 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
23541 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
23542 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
23543
23544 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
23545 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
23546
23547 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
23548
23549 * Limitations and unsupported features
23550 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
23551 not supported.
23552 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
23553 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
23554
23555 * Modifications
23556 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
23557 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
23558 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
23559 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
23560 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
23561 for undoing a repeated change command.
23562 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
23563 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
23564 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
23565
23566 * Extensions
23567 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
23568 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
23569 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
23570 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
23571 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
23572 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
23573 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
23574 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
23575
23576 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
23577
23578 \(fn)" t nil)
23579
23580 ;;;***
23581 \f
23582 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
23583 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
23584 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
23585 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15565 3119))
23586 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
23587
23588 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
23589 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
23590
23591 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
23592
23593 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
23594 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
23595 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
23596 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
23597
23598 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23599
23600 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
23601 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters.
23602
23603 \(fn)" t nil)
23604
23605 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
23606 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
23607 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
23608 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
23609
23610 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23611
23612 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
23613 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
23614
23615 \(fn)" t nil)
23616
23617 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
23618 Not documented
23619
23620 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
23621
23622 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
23623 Not documented
23624
23625 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
23626
23627 ;;;***
23628 \f
23629 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
23630 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
23631 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15623
23632 ;;;;;; 15523))
23633 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
23634
23635 (defvar view-mode nil "\
23636 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
23637 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
23638 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
23639
23640 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
23641
23642 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
23643 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
23644 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23645 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23646 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23647 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23648 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23649
23650 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23651
23652 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23653
23654 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
23655 View FILE in View mode in another window.
23656 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
23657 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23658 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23659 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23660 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23661 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23662
23663 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23664
23665 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23666
23667 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
23668 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
23669 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
23670 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23671 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23672 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23673 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23674 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23675
23676 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23677
23678 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23679
23680 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
23681 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
23682 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23683 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23684 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23685 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23686 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23687
23688 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23689
23690 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
23691 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
23692 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
23693
23694 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
23695
23696 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
23697 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
23698 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
23699 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23700 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23701 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23702 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23703 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23704
23705 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23706
23707 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
23708 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
23709 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
23710
23711 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
23712
23713 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
23714 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
23715 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
23716 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23717 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23718 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23719 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23720 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23721
23722 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23723
23724 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
23725 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
23726 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
23727
23728 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
23729
23730 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
23731 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
23732 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
23733
23734 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
23735 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
23736 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
23737 read-only.
23738 \\<view-mode-map>
23739 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
23740 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
23741 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
23742 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
23743 commands default to a repeat count of one.
23744
23745 H, h, ? This message.
23746 Digits provide prefix arguments.
23747 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
23748 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
23749 > move to the end of buffer.
23750 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
23751 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
23752 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
23753 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
23754 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
23755 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
23756 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
23757 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
23758 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
23759 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
23760 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
23761 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
23762 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
23763 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
23764 Use this to view a changing file.
23765 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
23766 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
23767 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
23768 . set the mark.
23769 x exchanges point and mark.
23770 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
23771 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
23772 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
23773 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
23774 ' go to position saved in character register.
23775 s do forward incremental search.
23776 r do reverse incremental search.
23777 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
23778 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
23779 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
23780 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
23781 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
23782 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
23783 p searches backward for last regular expression.
23784 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
23785 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
23786 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
23787 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
23788 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
23789 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
23790 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
23791 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
23792
23793 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
23794 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
23795 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
23796 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
23797 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
23798 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
23799 will return to that buffer.
23800
23801 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23802
23803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23804
23805 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
23806 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
23807 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
23808 `view-return-to-alist'.
23809 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
23810 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
23811 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
23812
23813 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
23814 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
23815 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
23816 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
23817 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
23818 1) nil Do nothing.
23819 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
23820 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
23821 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
23822 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
23823
23824 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23825
23826 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23827
23828 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
23829
23830 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
23831 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
23832
23833 \(fn)" t nil)
23834
23835 ;;;***
23836 \f
23837 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15186 56483))
23838 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
23839
23840 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
23841 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
23842
23843 \(fn)" t nil)
23844
23845 ;;;***
23846 \f
23847 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
23848 ;;;;;; (15751 65471))
23849 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
23850
23851 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
23852 Toggle Viper on/off.
23853 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
23854
23855 \(fn)" t nil)
23856
23857 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
23858 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
23859
23860 \(fn)" t nil)
23861
23862 ;;;***
23863 \f
23864 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "warnings.el"
23865 ;;;;;; (15832 5930))
23866 ;;; Generated autoloads from warnings.el
23867
23868 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
23869 Function to generate warning prefixes.
23870 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
23871 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
23872 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
23873 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
23874 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
23875 the beginning of the warning.")
23876
23877 (defvar warning-series nil "\
23878 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
23879 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
23880 which is the start of the current series; it means that
23881 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
23882 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
23883 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
23884 also call that function before the next warning.")
23885
23886 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
23887 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
23888
23889 (defvar warning-group-format " (%s)" "\
23890 Format for displaying the warning group in the warning message.
23891 The result of formatting the group this way gets included in the
23892 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
23893
23894 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
23895 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
23896 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol),
23897 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
23898 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
23899 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
23900
23901 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
23902 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
23903 if you do not attend to it promptly.
23904 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
23905 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
23906 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
23907 :debug -- info for debugging only.
23908
23909 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
23910 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
23911
23912 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
23913
23914 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
23915 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
23916
23917 \(fn GROUP MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
23918
23919 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
23920 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
23921 Aside from generating the message with `format',
23922 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
23923
23924 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
23925 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
23926 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
23927 can be whatever you like.)
23928
23929 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
23930 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
23931 if you do not attend to it promptly.
23932 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
23933 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
23934
23935 \(fn GROUP LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23936
23937 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
23938 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
23939 Aside from generating the message with `format',
23940 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
23941 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level.
23942
23943 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23944
23945 ;;;***
23946 \f
23947 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15381 44879))
23948 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
23949
23950 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
23951 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
23952
23953 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
23954 hotlist.
23955
23956 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
23957 <nwv@acm.org>.
23958
23959 \(fn)" t nil)
23960
23961 ;;;***
23962 \f
23963 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
23964 ;;;;;; (15706 62803))
23965 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
23966
23967 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
23968
23969 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
23970 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
23971 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23972 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23973 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
23974
23975 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
23976
23977 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
23978 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
23979 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
23980 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
23981
23982 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
23983 and off otherwise.
23984
23985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23986
23987 ;;;***
23988 \f
23989 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
23990 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
23991 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
23992 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
23993 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
23994 ;;;;;; (15851 63104))
23995 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
23996
23997 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
23998 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
23999
24000 \(fn)" t nil)
24001
24002 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
24003 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
24004
24005 \(fn)" t nil)
24006
24007 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
24008 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
24009
24010 \(fn)" t nil)
24011
24012 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
24013 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
24014
24015 \(fn)" t nil)
24016
24017 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
24018 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
24019
24020 \(fn)" t nil)
24021
24022 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
24023 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
24024 These are:
24025 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
24026 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
24027 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
24028 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
24029 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
24030
24031 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
24032 and:
24033 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
24034 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
24035
24036 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
24037
24038 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
24039 Check the region for whitespace errors.
24040
24041 \(fn S E)" t nil)
24042
24043 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
24044 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
24045
24046 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
24047 whitespace problems.
24048
24049 \(fn)" t nil)
24050
24051 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
24052 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
24053
24054 \(fn S E)" t nil)
24055
24056 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
24057 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
24058 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24060 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
24061
24062 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
24063
24064 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
24065 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
24066 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
24067
24068 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
24069 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
24070
24071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24072
24073 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
24074 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
24075 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
24076
24077 \(fn)" t nil)
24078
24079 ;;;***
24080 \f
24081 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
24082 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15697 38217))
24083 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
24084
24085 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
24086 Browse the widget under point.
24087
24088 \(fn POS)" t nil)
24089
24090 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
24091 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
24092
24093 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
24094
24095 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
24096 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
24097
24098 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
24099
24100 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
24101 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
24102 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
24103
24104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24105
24106 ;;;***
24107 \f
24108 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
24109 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15867
24110 ;;;;;; 16241))
24111 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
24112
24113 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
24114 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
24115
24116 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
24117
24118 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
24119 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
24120 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
24121
24122 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
24123
24124 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
24125 Create widget of TYPE.
24126 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
24127
24128 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
24129
24130 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
24131 Delete WIDGET.
24132
24133 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
24134
24135 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
24136 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
24137
24138 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
24139
24140 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
24141 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
24142 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
24143
24144 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
24145 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
24146
24147 \(fn)" nil nil)
24148
24149 ;;;***
24150 \f
24151 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
24152 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15576
24153 ;;;;;; 685))
24154 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
24155
24156 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
24157 Select the window to the left of the current one.
24158 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
24159 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
24160 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
24161 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
24162 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
24163
24164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24165
24166 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
24167 Select the window above the current one.
24168 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
24169 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
24170 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
24171 negative ARG) of the current window.
24172 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
24173
24174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24175
24176 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
24177 Select the window to the right of the current one.
24178 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
24179 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
24180 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
24181 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
24182 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
24183
24184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24185
24186 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
24187 Select the window below the current one.
24188 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
24189 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
24190 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
24191 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
24192 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
24193
24194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24195
24196 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
24197 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
24198 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
24199 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
24200
24201 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
24202
24203 ;;;***
24204 \f
24205 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
24206 ;;;;;; (15823 50935))
24207 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
24208
24209 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
24210 Toggle winner-mode.
24211 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24212 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
24213
24214 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
24215
24216 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
24217 Toggle Winner mode.
24218 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
24219
24220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24221
24222 ;;;***
24223 \f
24224 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
24225 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15798 26356))
24226 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
24227
24228 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
24229 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
24230 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
24231 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
24232 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
24233 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
24234 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
24235 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
24236
24237 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
24238 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
24239
24240 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
24241
24242 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
24243 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
24244
24245 \(fn)" t nil)
24246
24247 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
24248 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
24249 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
24250 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
24251 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
24252 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
24253 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
24254 `woman' command for further details.
24255
24256 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
24257
24258 ;;;***
24259 \f
24260 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
24261 ;;;;;; (15394 13301))
24262 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
24263
24264 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
24265 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
24266
24267 BUGS:
24268 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
24269 are not implemented
24270 - Options for search and replace
24271 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
24272 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
24273
24274 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
24275 Emacs-like.
24276
24277 The key bindings are:
24278
24279 C-a backward-word
24280 C-b fill-paragraph
24281 C-c scroll-up-line
24282 C-d forward-char
24283 C-e previous-line
24284 C-f forward-word
24285 C-g delete-char
24286 C-h backward-char
24287 C-i indent-for-tab-command
24288 C-j help-for-help
24289 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
24290 C-l ws-repeat-search
24291 C-n open-line
24292 C-p quoted-insert
24293 C-r scroll-down-line
24294 C-s backward-char
24295 C-t kill-word
24296 C-u keyboard-quit
24297 C-v overwrite-mode
24298 C-w scroll-down
24299 C-x next-line
24300 C-y kill-complete-line
24301 C-z scroll-up
24302
24303 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
24304 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
24305 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
24306 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
24307 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
24308 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
24309 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
24310 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
24311 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
24312 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
24313 C-k b ws-begin-block
24314 C-k c ws-copy-block
24315 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
24316 C-k f find-file
24317 C-k h ws-show-markers
24318 C-k i ws-indent-block
24319 C-k k ws-end-block
24320 C-k p ws-print-block
24321 C-k q kill-emacs
24322 C-k r insert-file
24323 C-k s save-some-buffers
24324 C-k t ws-mark-word
24325 C-k u ws-exdent-block
24326 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
24327 C-k v ws-move-block
24328 C-k w ws-write-block
24329 C-k x kill-emacs
24330 C-k y ws-delete-block
24331
24332 C-o c wordstar-center-line
24333 C-o b switch-to-buffer
24334 C-o j justify-current-line
24335 C-o k kill-buffer
24336 C-o l list-buffers
24337 C-o m auto-fill-mode
24338 C-o r set-fill-column
24339 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
24340 C-o wd delete-other-windows
24341 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
24342 C-o wo other-window
24343 C-o wv split-window-vertically
24344
24345 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
24346 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
24347 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
24348 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
24349 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
24350 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
24351 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
24352 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
24353 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
24354 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
24355 C-q a ws-query-replace
24356 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
24357 C-q c end-of-buffer
24358 C-q d end-of-line
24359 C-q f ws-search
24360 C-q k ws-to-block-end
24361 C-q l ws-undo
24362 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
24363 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
24364 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
24365 C-q w ws-last-error
24366 C-q y ws-kill-eol
24367 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
24368
24369 \(fn)" t nil)
24370
24371 ;;;***
24372 \f
24373 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15697
24374 ;;;;;; 38217))
24375 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
24376
24377 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
24378 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
24379 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24380 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24381 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
24382
24383 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
24384
24385 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
24386 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
24387 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
24388
24389 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
24390
24391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24392
24393 ;;;***
24394 \f
24395 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
24396 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15397 31808))
24397 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
24398
24399 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
24400 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
24401
24402 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
24403
24404 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
24405 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
24406
24407 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
24408
24409 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
24410 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
24411 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
24412
24413 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
24414
24415 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
24416 Zippy goes to the analyst.
24417
24418 \(fn)" t nil)
24419
24420 ;;;***
24421 \f
24422 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15634 63601))
24423 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
24424
24425 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
24426 Zone out, completely.
24427
24428 \(fn)" t nil)
24429
24430 ;;;***
24431 \f
24432 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
24433 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15566 3941))
24434 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
24435
24436 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
24437 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
24438
24439 \(fn)" t nil)
24440
24441 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
24442 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
24443
24444 Zone-mode does two things:
24445
24446 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
24447 when saving the file
24448
24449 - fontification" t nil)
24450
24451 ;;;***
24452 \f
24453 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
24454 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "byte-run.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
24455 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
24456 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
24457 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
24458 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
24459 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
24460 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
24461 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
24462 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
24463 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
24464 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
24465 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
24466 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
24467 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
24468 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
24469 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
24470 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
24471 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/parse-time.el"
24472 ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el"
24473 ;;;;;; "cus-theme.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el"
24474 ;;;;;; "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el"
24475 ;;;;;; "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
24476 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
24477 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
24478 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
24479 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el"
24480 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
24481 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
24482 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
24483 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el"
24484 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
24485 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
24486 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
24487 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
24488 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
24489 ;;;;;; "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
24490 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
24491 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
24492 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
24493 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
24494 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
24495 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
24496 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
24497 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
24498 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el" "float-sup.el"
24499 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
24500 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
24501 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
24502 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
24503 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
24504 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
24505 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
24506 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
24507 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
24508 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
24509 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
24510 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
24511 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
24512 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
24513 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
24514 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
24515 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
24516 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
24517 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
24518 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
24519 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
24520 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
24521 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
24522 ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/iso-swed.el"
24523 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
24524 ;;;;;; "international/latin-1.el" "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el"
24525 ;;;;;; "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el"
24526 ;;;;;; "international/latin-9.el" "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
24527 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
24528 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
24529 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
24530 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
24531 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
24532 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
24533 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
24534 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
24535 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
24536 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
24537 ;;;;;; "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el"
24538 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "loadup.el" "ls-lisp.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
24539 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el"
24540 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-index.el" "mail/mh-mime.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "mail/mh-seq.el"
24541 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-speed.el" "mail/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mail/mspools.el"
24542 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
24543 ;;;;;; "map-ynp.el" "menu-bar.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el"
24544 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
24545 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
24546 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
24547 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
24548 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
24549 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
24550 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el"
24551 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
24552 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
24553 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
24554 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el"
24555 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
24556 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
24557 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
24558 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "regi.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
24559 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
24560 ;;;;;; "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el"
24561 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
24562 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el"
24563 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
24564 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
24565 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
24566 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
24567 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
24568 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
24569 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
24570 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
24571 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
24572 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
24573 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
24574 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
24575 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
24576 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "uniquify.el" "unused.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
24577 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
24578 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
24579 ;;;;;; "xml.el" "xscheme.el") (15899 9697 855551))
24580
24581 ;;;***
24582 \f
24583 ;;; Local Variables:
24584 ;;; version-control: never
24585 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
24586 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
24587 ;;; End:
24588 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here